diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'source')
49 files changed, 6960 insertions, 26 deletions
diff --git a/source/a/elvis/elvis.SlackBuild b/source/a/elvis/elvis.SlackBuild index ed500917..8f5a5e57 100755 --- a/source/a/elvis/elvis.SlackBuild +++ b/source/a/elvis/elvis.SlackBuild @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ cd $(dirname $0) ; CWD=$(pwd) PKGNAM=elvis VERSION=2.2_0 -BUILD=${BUILD:-4} +BUILD=${BUILD:-5} # Automatically determine the architecture we're building on: if [ -z "$ARCH" ]; then @@ -111,8 +111,6 @@ rm -f $PKG/usr/share/elvis-$VERSION/tags rm -f $PKG/usr/share/elvis-$VERSION/doc/*.man rm -f $PKG/usr/share/elvis-$VERSION/doc/printdoc.bat -# Add /usr/bin/ex and /usr/bin/vi symlinks. -( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; ln -sf elvis ex ; ln -sf elvis vi ) mkdir $PKG/usr/doc ( cd $PKG/usr/doc ; ln -sf /usr/share/elvis-$VERSION . ) mkdir -p $PKG/install diff --git a/source/a/elvis/slack-desc b/source/a/elvis/slack-desc index d248c6a0..cf49572b 100644 --- a/source/a/elvis/slack-desc +++ b/source/a/elvis/slack-desc @@ -6,14 +6,14 @@ # customary to leave one space after the ':'. |-----handy-ruler------------------------------------------------------| -elvis: elvis (text editor) +elvis: elvis (ex/vi text editor) elvis: elvis: Elvis is a text editor. It is intended to be a modern replacement elvis: for the classic ex/vi editor of UNIX fame. Elvis supports many new elvis: features, including multiple edit buffers, multiple windows, and a elvis: variety of display modes. elvis: -elvis: As elvis is Slackware's default vi, this is a required package. +elvis: Please note that elvis does not support UTF8. elvis: elvis: elvis: diff --git a/source/a/nvi/doinst.sh b/source/a/nvi/doinst.sh new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31e62fc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/doinst.sh @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +config() { + NEW="$1" + OLD="`dirname $NEW`/`basename $NEW .new`" + # If there's no config file by that name, mv it over: + if [ ! -r $OLD ]; then + mv $NEW $OLD + elif [ "`cat $OLD | md5sum`" = "`cat $NEW | md5sum`" ]; then # toss the redundant copy + rm $NEW + fi + # Otherwise, we leave the .new copy for the admin to consider... +} +config etc/vi.exrc.new + +# If there's no vi link, take over: +if [ ! -r usr/bin/vi ]; then + ( cd usr/bin ; ln -sf nvi vi ) +fi + +# If there's no ex link, take over: +if [ ! -r usr/bin/ex ]; then + ( cd usr/bin ; ln -sf nex ex ) +fi diff --git a/source/a/nvi/nvi.SlackBuild b/source/a/nvi/nvi.SlackBuild new file mode 100755 index 00000000..419054b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/nvi.SlackBuild @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +# Copyright 2008-2012 Robby Workman Northport, Alabama (USA) +# Copyright 2020 Patrick J. Volkerding, Sebeka, Minnesota, USA +# All rights reserved. +# +# Redistribution and use of this script, with or without modification, is +# permitted provided that the following conditions are met: +# +# 1. Redistributions of this script must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED +# WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +# MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO +# EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +# PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; +# OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, +# WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR +# OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF +# ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +cd $(dirname $0) ; CWD=$(pwd) + +PKGNAM=nvi +VERSION=${VERSION:-$(echo $PKGNAM-*.tar.?z | rev | cut -f 3- -d . | cut -f 1 -d - | rev)} +BUILD=${BUILD:-1} + +# Automatically determine the architecture we're building on: +if [ -z "$ARCH" ]; then + case "$(uname -m)" in + i?86) ARCH=i586 ;; + arm*) readelf /usr/bin/file -A | egrep -q "Tag_CPU.*[4,5]" && ARCH=arm || ARCH=armv7hl ;; + # Unless $ARCH is already set, use uname -m for all other archs: + *) ARCH=$(uname -m) ;; + esac + export ARCH +fi + +# If the variable PRINT_PACKAGE_NAME is set, then this script will report what +# the name of the created package would be, and then exit. This information +# could be useful to other scripts. +if [ ! -z "${PRINT_PACKAGE_NAME}" ]; then + echo "$PKGNAM-$VERSION-$ARCH-$BUILD.txz" + exit 0 +fi + +NUMJOBS=${NUMJOBS:-" -j$(expr $(nproc) + 1) "} + +if [ "$ARCH" = "i586" ]; then + SLKCFLAGS="-O2 -march=i586 -mtune=i686" + LIBDIRSUFFIX="" +elif [ "$ARCH" = "i686" ]; then + SLKCFLAGS="-O2 -march=i686" + LIBDIRSUFFIX="" +elif [ "$ARCH" = "s390" ]; then + SLKCFLAGS="-O2" + LIBDIRSUFFIX="" +elif [ "$ARCH" = "x86_64" ]; then + SLKCFLAGS="-O2 -fPIC" + LIBDIRSUFFIX="64" +elif [ "$ARCH" = "armv7hl" ]; then + SLKCFLAGS="-O3 -march=armv7-a -mfpu=vfpv3-d16" + LIBDIRSUFFIX="" +else + SLKCFLAGS="-O2" + LIBDIRSUFFIX="" +fi + +TMP=${TMP:-/tmp} +PKG=$TMP/package-$PKGNAM + +rm -rf $PKG +mkdir -p $TMP $PKG + +cd $TMP +rm -rf $PKGNAM-$VERSION +tar xvf $CWD/$PKGNAM-$VERSION.tar.?z || exit 1 +cd $PKGNAM-$VERSION || exit 1 + +chown -R root:root . +find . \ + \( -perm 777 -o -perm 775 -o -perm 711 -o -perm 555 -o -perm 511 \) \ + -exec chmod 755 {} \+ -o \ + \( -perm 666 -o -perm 664 -o -perm 600 -o -perm 444 -o -perm 440 -o -perm 400 \) \ + -exec chmod 644 {} \+ + +for file in $CWD/patches/*.gz ; do + zcat $file | patch -p1 || exit 1 +done + +# Configure, build, and install: +cd build.unix + CFLAGS="$SLKCFLAGS" \ + ../dist/configure \ + --prefix=/usr \ + --libdir=/usr/lib${LIBDIRSUFFIX} \ + --sysconfdir=/etc \ + --mandir=/usr/man \ + --docdir=/usr/doc/$PRGNAM-$VERSION \ + --enable-widechar \ + --disable-static \ + --program-prefix="n" \ + --build=$ARCH-slackware-linux + make $NUMJOBS || exit 1 + make install DESTDIR=$PKG || exit 1 +cd .. + +# Don't ship .la files: +rm -f $PKG/{,usr/}lib${LIBDIRSUFFIX}/*.la + +# Strip binaries: +find $PKG | xargs file | grep -e "executable" -e "shared object" | grep ELF | cut -f 1 -d : | xargs strip --strip-unneeded 2> /dev/null + +# These are better as softlinks instead of hardlinks: +ln -sf nvi $PKG/usr/bin/nex +ln -sf nvi $PKG/usr/bin/nview +ln -sf nvi.1 $PKG/usr/man/man1/nex.1 +ln -sf nvi.1 $PKG/usr/man/man1/nview.1 + +# Catmandon't: +rm -rf $PKG/usr/man/cat* + +# Disable the visual bell: +mkdir -p $PKG/etc +cat $CWD/vi.exrc > $PKG/etc/vi.exrc.new + +# Compress manual pages: +find $PKG/usr/man -type f -exec gzip -9 {} \+ +for i in $( find $PKG/usr/man -type l ) ; do + ln -s $( readlink $i ).gz $i.gz + rm $i +done + +# Add a documentation directory: +mkdir -p $PKG/usr/doc/${PKGNAM}-$VERSION +cp -a \ + Changes LICENSE* README* TODO docs/html \ + $PKG/usr/doc/${PKGNAM}-$VERSION + +mkdir -p $PKG/install +zcat $CWD/doinst.sh.gz > $PKG/install/doinst.sh +cat $CWD/slack-desc > $PKG/install/slack-desc + +cd $PKG +/sbin/makepkg -l y -c n $TMP/$PKGNAM-$VERSION-$ARCH-$BUILD.txz diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-01-additional_upstream_data.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-01-additional_upstream_data.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b9cec69 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-01-additional_upstream_data.patch @@ -0,0 +1,3485 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 01additional_upstream_data.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: A few documentation files cherry-picked from the last stable +## DP: release tarball, because they are missing in later development +## DP: branch releases. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/nvi-1.79/FAQ nvi-1.81.6/nvi-1.79/FAQ +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/nvi-1.79/FAQ 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/nvi-1.79/FAQ 1996-10-14 15:52:46.000000000 +0200 +@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ ++@(#)FAQ 8.13 (Berkeley) 10/14/96 ++ ++Q: How can I get vi to display my character set? ++A: Vi uses the C library routine isprint(3) to determine if a character ++ is printable, or should be displayed as an octal or hexadecimal value ++ on the screen. Generally, if vi is displaying printable characters ++ in octal/hexadecimal forms, your environment is not configured correctly. ++ Try looking at the man pages that allow you to configure your locale. ++ For example, to configure an ISO 8859-1 locale under Solaris using csh, ++ you would do: ++ ++ setenv LANG C ++ setenv LC_CTYPE iso_8859_1 ++ ++ Other LC_CTYPE systems/values that I'm told work: ++ ++ System Value ++ ====== ===== ++ FreeBSD lt_LN.ISO_8859-1 ++ HP-UX 9.X american.iso88591 ++ HP-UX 10.X en_US.iso88591 ++ SunOS 4.X iso_8859_1 ++ SunOS 5.X iso_8859_1 ++ ++ If there's no other solution, you can use the print and noprint edit ++ options of vi to specify that a specific character is printable or not ++ printable. ++ ++Q: My map won't work! ++A: One thing that you should immediately check if a vi map doesn't work ++ is if depends on the final cursor position after a P or p command. ++ Historic vi's were inconsistent as to the final position of the cursor, ++ and, to make matter worse, the final cursor position also depended on ++ whether the put text came from a named or unnamed buffer! Vi follows ++ the POSIX 1003.2 standard on this one, and makes this consistent, always ++ placing the cursor on the first character. ++ ++Q: I'm using ksh or csh as my vi edit option shell value, and file ++ expansions don't work right! ++A: The problem may be in your ksh or csh startup files, e.g., .cshrc. Vi ++ executes the shell to do name expansion, and the shell generally reads ++ its startup files. If the startup files are not correctly configured ++ for non-interactive use, e.g., they always echo a prompt to the screen, ++ vi will be unable to parse the output and things will not work ++ correctly. ++ ++Q: How does the iclower edit option differ from the ignorecase (i.e. ic) ++ edit option? ++A: The difference is that the ignorecase edit option always ignores the ++ case of letters in the Regular Expression (RE), and the iclower edit ++ option only ignores the case if there are no upper-case letters in the ++ RE. If any upper-case letters appear in the Regular Expression, then ++ it will be treated case-sensitively, as if the ignorecase edit option ++ was not set. ++ ++Q: When I edit binary files, vi appends a <newline> to the last line! ++A: This is historic practice for vi, and further, it's required by the ++ POSIX 1003.2 standard. My intent is to provide a command line and/or ++ edit option to turn this behavior off when I switch to version 2.0 of ++ the Berkeley DB package. ++ ++Q: My cursor keys don't work when I'm in text input mode! ++A: A common problem over slow links is that the set of characters sent by ++ the cursor keys don't arrive close enough together for vi to understand ++ that they are a single keystroke, and not separate keystrokes. Try ++ increasing the value of the escapetime edit option, which will cause ++ vi to wait longer before deciding that the <escape> character that ++ starts cursor key sequences doesn't have any characters following it. ++ ++Q: When I edit some files, vi seems to hang forever, and I have to kill it. ++A: Vi uses flock(2) and fcntl(2) to do file locking. When it attempts to ++ acquired a lock for a file on an NFS mounted filesystem, it can hang ++ for a very long (perhaps infinite) period of time. Turning off the ++ "lock" edit option will keep vi from attempting to acquire any locks ++ on the files you edit. ++ ++Q: When I compile vi I get lots of warnings about pointer assignments ++ being incompatible! ++A: Vi is partially written to support wide characters. When this code ++ interfaces with the code that doesn't yet support wide characters, ++ the pointer types clash. This will hopefully be fixed in the near ++ future, but I've been saying that for awhile, now. ++ ++Q: I get jumpy scrolling behavior in the screen! ++A: This is almost certainly a problem with the system's terminfo or ++ termcap information for your terminal. If the terminfo/termcap entry ++ doesn't have the settable scrolling region capabilities, or the more ++ powerful scrolling commands, these behaviors can result. Historic ++ implementations of vi, and some of the vi clones, don't suffer from ++ this problem because they wrote their own screen support instead of ++ using the curses library. ++ ++ The solution is to find a good terminfo or termcap entry for your ++ terminal, which will fix the problem for all of the applications on ++ your system, not just vi. Eric Raymond maintains the freely ++ redistributable termcap/terminfo entries. They can be downloaded ++ from http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html, or you can contact him ++ at esr@snark.thyrsus.com. ++ ++Q: The entire screen repaints on every keystroke! ++A: Your system's curses implementation is broken. You should use the ++ curses implementation provided with vi or a curses replacement such ++ as ncurses. Eric Raymond is one of the maintainers of the freely ++ redistributable ncurses package. You can download ncurses from ++ http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html, or you can contact him at ++ esr@snark.thyrsus.com. ++ ++Q: When I use vi on a Sun console (terminal type sun-34) the screen ++ is occasionally trashed, usually when exiting vi! ++A: The Sun console can't handle the 'al' capability of the termcap ++ entry (the il1 capability of terminfo entries). If you delete that ++ entry from your terminfo/termcap information everything should work ++ correctly. ++ ++Q: I don't have a version of ctags (or I have ctags, but it doesn't tag ++ nearly enough things)! ++A: There's a version of ctags available on the 4.4BSD-Lite distributions, ++ as well as the FreeBSD, NetBSD, Linux and GNU distributions. Or, you ++ might want to try Exuberant Ctags: ++ ++ Title: Exuberant Ctags ++ Version: 1.3 ++ Entered-date: 16JUN96 ++ Description: ++ A better ctags which generates tags for all possible tag types: ++ macro definitions, enumerated values (values inside enum{...}), ++ function and method definitions, enum/struct/union tags, external ++ function prototypes (optional), typedefs, and variable ++ declarations. It is far less easily fooled by code containing #if ++ preprocessor conditional constructs, using a conditional path ++ selection algorithm to resolve complicated choices, and a ++ fall-back algorithm when this one fails. Can also be used to print ++ out a list of selected objects found in source files. ++ Keywords: ctags, tags, exuberant ++ Author: darren@sirsi.com (Darren Hiebert) ++ darren@hiwaay.net (Darren Hiebert) ++ Maintained-by: darren@sirsi.com (Darren Hiebert) ++ darren@hiwaay.net (Darren Hiebert) ++ Primary-site: sunsite.unc.edu /pub/Linux/devel/lang/c ++ 27kB ctags-1.3.tar.gz ++ Alternate-site: ftp.halcyon.com /local/gvr ++ 27kB ctags-1.3.tar.gz ++ Original-site: ++ Platforms: UNIX, MSDOS, WindowsNT, Windows95, OS/2, Amiga ++ Copying-policy: Public domain ++ ++Q: When I update a file I already have open, and use :e to reread it, I ++ get nul's for the rest of the file! ++A: Your system's implementation of mmap(2) has a bug; you will have to ++ exit vi and re-execute it. ++ ++Q: Where can I get cscope? ++A: Cscope is available on UNIXWare System V Release 4.0 variants such as ++ Sun Solaris 2.x (/opt/SUNWspro/bin) and UNIXWare System V Release 4.1. ++ ++ You can buy version 13.3 source with an unrestricted license for $400 ++ from AT&T Software Solutions by calling +1-800-462-8146. Binary ++ redistribution of cscope is an additional $1500, one-time flat fee. ++ ++ For more information, see http://www.unipress.com/att/new/cscope.html. +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/docs/changelog nvi-1.81.6/docs/changelog +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/nvi-1.79/docs/changelog 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/nvi-1.79/docs/changelog 1996-10-23 15:39:08.000000000 +0200 +@@ -0,0 +1,1102 @@ ++1.78 -> 1.79 (10/23/96) ++ + Rename delete() to del(), for C++. ++ + Add Spanish to the list of translations. ++ + Update to Perl 5.003_06, and other Perl interpreter updates. ++ + Update the set-edit-option interface for the scripting languages. ++ + Rework ex command parsing to match historic practice for backslash ++ escaped <newline> characters inside of global commands. ++ + Enhance the comment edit option to skip C++ comments. ++ + Change installation to configure the recovery shell script to match ++ the system pathnames and to install it into the vi data directory. ++ Move the recover script into the build directory, and delete the ++ recover directory. ++ + Enhance LynxOS support. ++1.76 -> 1.78 (10/01/96) ++ + Fix bugs when both the leftright scrolling and number edit options ++ were on. ++ + Fix bug where splitting in the middle of the screen could repaint ++ incorrectly. ++ + Fix first-nul in input bug, where random garbage was inserted. ++ + Correct search and mark-as-motion-command bug, it's a line mode ++ action if the search starts at or before the first non<blank>. ++ + Fix bug autoindent bug, where ^D could shift too far in the line. ++ + Fix core dump where ! command called from the .exrc file. ++ + Add the -S command-line option, which initializes vi to have the ++ secure edit option preset. ++1.75 -> 1.76 (09/15/96) ++ + Fix bug where ^V didn't keep input mapping from happening. ++ + Fix a core dump bug in the R command. ++ + Give up on licensing: no more shareware, adware, whatever. ++ + Fix cursor positioning bug for C, S and c$ in an empty file. ++1.74 -> 1.75 (08/22/96) ++ + Add French to the error message translations. ++ + Move the UNLICENSED message to the end of the message line. ++ + Fix bug where wide characters in a file name weren't calculated ++ correctly in the status message. ++ + Fix bug where cl_rename was called directly, by the ex shell code. ++ + Fix bug where splitting a screen resulting in a new screen at the ++ top of the display resulted in badly displayed status messages. ++1.73 -> 1.74 (08/18/96) ++ + Fix bug where the status line wasn't redisplayed if the user ran ++ an ex command that trashed the screen. ++ + Fix bug where the long version of the status line wasn't displayed ++ when switching screens. ++ + Rework fast-path filename completion code to sort the entries, and ++ strip out . and .. by default. ++ + Fix bug where ex went to the first line instead of the last one when ++ reading in a file. ++1.72 -> 1.73 (08/12/96) ++ + Do filename completion and some file expansion internally for speed. ++ + Fix CSCOPE_DIRS environmental variable support. ++ + Ex parser fix for global commands in script files. ++ + Add the O_PATH option, so you can specify a directory search path ++ for files. ++ + Make it possible to specify the database file to cscope, allowing ++ multiple databases in a single directory. ++ + Fix incremental search to overwrite erased characters so the user ++ can tell where they are on the colon-command line. ++ + Fix incremental search to restart the search if the user enters an ++ unescaped shell meta character. ++1.71 -> 1.72 (07/12/96) ++ + Cscope fix: test for files newer than the database was reversed. ++ + Display "files to edit" message for rewind, next and initial screen. ++ + Fix a bug in the R command where it could fail if the user extended ++ the file. ++ + Fix a bug where text abbreviations could corrupt the line. ++ + Fix a bug where the windowname edit option couldn't be set before a ++ file was loaded into the edit buffer. ++ + Fix a bug where the system .exrc values weren't being overridden by ++ the user's $HOME .exrc values. ++ + Fix a bug in the filename completion code, where garbage characters ++ could be added to the colon command line. ++ + Fix bug where multiple edit sessions on a non-existent file could ++ all write the file without warning. ++ + Fix bug where screen update was incorrect if a character triggered ++ both a wrapmargin and showmatch condition. ++ + Fix bug in leftright scrolling where <CR> during text input didn't ++ return the cursor to the left margin. ++ + Rev the Perl interpreter code, new version from Sven Verdoolaege, ++ based on Perl 5.003.01. ++ + Fix bug in tags file pattern search introduced in 1.71. ++1.70 -> 1.71 (07/01/96) ++ + Don't include <term.h> -- neither HPUX or Solaris can cope with it. ++ + Fix bug where ^M's in the original pattern were converted into new ++ lines in the file during substitution commands. ++ + Make window resize events separate from interrupts -- too many users ++ complained. ++ + Fix bug in first-character-is-null text input semantic. ++ + Rework search routines to take a length instead of a nul-terminated ++ string for a pattern. This fixes a couple of bugs in searching, but ++ probably introduces new ones. ++ + Fix prompting the user after a write filter command, the way I did ++ it in 1.70 broke the display. ++ + Don't switch to the alternate xterm screen when entering the ex ++ text input commands from vi mode. ++ + Implement the Fg command, so can foreground a background screen into ++ a split screen. ++ + Change the fg command to match screen names using the last component ++ of the filename the full filename fails. ++1.69 -> 1.70 (06/28/96) ++ + Change the ex read command to support named pipes. ++ + Copy the EXINIT/NEXINIT strings before executing their commands so ++ we don't step on the process environment. ++ + Don't do "line modification" reports for intermediate commands ++ executed from the vi colon command line, it screws up filter ++ reads, causing nvi to prompt for the user to continue. ++ + Add "smd" as an abbreviation for showmode: HP, ICL and SCO have it. ++ + Change nvi to always prompt the user after a write filter command. ++ This matches historic practice. ++ + Fix recovery information mailed to the user to reflect the program's ++ installed name. ++ + Change configuration script to not cache option information, e.g., ++ --disable-curses. ++ + Fix a bug where the second character of the vi [[, ]] and ZZ ++ commands could start a command mapped sequence. ++ + Fix 3 write bugs: partial writes (3,$write), were clearing the ++ modified flag, full writes using line numbers (1,$write) were ++ not, and append historically never cleared the modified flag, and ++ we didn't get that right. ++ + Shorten the "more files to edit" message so it can gang on a single ++ line, lots of people have complained. Add the number of files that ++ are left to edit, it's historic practice. ++ + Fix core dump where message catalogs collided with truncating the ++ write path. Add a new write message so the string "appended" is ++ taken from a message catalog. ++ + Fix bug where an undo followed by '.' to repeat it wouldn't work ++ if no other repeatable commands had been entered. ++ + Fix core dump when resolution of input lines' autoindent characters ++ invalidated cached display information. ++ + Set the name of the X11 xterm icon/window to "xterm" when exiting, ++ if modified based on the windowname option. ++ + Include <term.h> if it exists, fixes portability problems on IRIX ++ systems. ++1.68 -> 1.69 (06/17/96) ++ + Add the windowname edit option and code to change the icon/window ++ name for xterm's. ++ + Enhance the comment edit option to skip shell comments. ++ + Add conditional prototypes to replacement C library functions. ++ + Minor enhancements/reworking to Makefile.in, other build files. ++ + Fix bug in vi text input ^D processing, could result in cursor ++ warp to the beginning of the line. ++ + Fix leftright screen bug where the screen wasn't repainted when ++ being repainted from scratch. ++ + Update the Swedish and Dutch catalogs. ++ + Truncate paths in write commands if they don't fit on one line. ++ + Fix alternate screen bug where the screen flashed and output lost ++ when switching to/from the X11 xterm alternate screen. Fix bug ++ where nvi switched into the alternate screen during filter-read ++ commands, which doesn't match historic practice. ++ + Minor relative cursor positioning change, make cursor position ++ changes from ex real and permanent. ++1.67 -> 1.68 (06/09/96) ++ + Fix core dump when tagging out of a modified file. ++1.66 -> 1.67 (06/09/96) ++ + Convert the license to adware. ++ + Leftright scrolling tweak, don't repaint the screen as often. ++ + Change so that search warning/error messages don't appear during an ++ incremental search. ++ + Cscope fix: test for files newer than the database was reversed. ++ + Don't display ex `welcome message' if in ex batch mode. ++ + Test for vsnprintf and snprintf separately, HP 10.10 has snprintf ++ but not vsnprintf. ++ + Reverse lookup order between LC_MESSAGES and LANG. ++ + Fix Tcl/Perl core dumps in common API code to get/set options. ++ + Fix R command -- it used a DB pinned page after discarding it. ++ + Minor fixes in multiple edit buffer message handling code. ++ + Fix yk command moving to shorter line core dump. ++ + Rework message handling to try and gang more messages onto a single ++ line. ++1.65 -> 1.66 (05/18/96) ++ + Convert vi man page to historic -man macro package, and install it. ++ + Fix bug were !! on an empty line with a nonexistent command left the ++ cursor on the second character, not the first. ++ + Fix bug where line redisplay was wrong when a <tab> replaced a ++ previous <tab> in the line. ++ + Fix bug where D (d$) didn't reset the relative cursor position. ++ + Fix bug where yG incorrectly reset the relative cursor position. ++ + Fix bug where the window size couldn't be grown once it was shrunk. ++ + Fix bug where the extended edit option caused tag searches to fail. ++ + If multiple lines in the tags file with the same leading tag, build ++ a tags stack like the Cscope stack. This is the obvious extension, ++ and the way that Larry McVoy's ctags program works. ++ + Send the appropriate TI/TE sequence in the curses screen whenever ++ entering ex/vi mode. This means that :shell now shows the correct ++ screen when using xterm alternate screens. ++ + Rework the options display code to get five columns in an 80 column ++ screen. ++ + Interactive Unix V3.0 port -- mostly file name shortening, other ++ minor changes. Only preliminary, more work will be necessary. ++ + Add debugging option to not read EXINIT/.exrc information. ++ + Fix bug where re_compile printed an error message to the screen ++ when the user entered [ to an incremental search. ++ + Turn off screen beeps when incremental search is failing. ++ + Fix bug where the iclower option didn't trigger an RE recompilation. ++ + Fix bug where -t into an already locked file forced the user to wait ++ as if a startup command had failed. ++ + LynxOS port -- mostly adding <sys/types.h> even though <sys/param.h> ++ was already included. ++ + Fix ex output bug, where it appeared as if an ex command was skipped ++ due to flags not being cleared in the vs_msg() routine. ++ + Fix core dump when global command tried to switch screens. ++1.64 -> 1.65 (05/13/96) ++ + Fix cscope <blank>-matching pattern to use extended RE's, and bug ++ that kept cscope from finding patterns containing <blank>s. ++ + Fix core dumps in both leftright and folded screens when tabstops ++ edit option value was large, and tab characters occurred as the last ++ character in the logical screen. ++ + Fix core dump where the second screen of a folded line wasn't ++ displayed correctly. ++ + Fix incremental search to match the current location for strings ++ starting with \< patterns. ++ + Fix bug where margins were ignored during replay of text input. ++ + Fix bug where motion components to shorter lines could lose because ++ the relative motion flags weren't ever set. This has been broken ++ forever, but the change almost certainly breaks something else -- I ++ have no idea what. ++ + Tags display: don't print the current entry separately, display ++ them all and add a trailing asterisk for the current one. ++ + Change the cscope add command to put the directory name through ++ standard file name expansion. ++ + Fix cscope use of buffers -- search commands weren't nul-terminated. ++1.63 -> 1.64 (05/08/96) ++ + Add installation target to the Makefile. ++ + Add documentation on the new tags commands to the Vi Reference ++ Manual. ++ + Make the sidescroll edit option work again. ++ + Fix bug where messages output during startup by ex could be lost. ++ + Change ex/vi commands errors into beeps, unless the verbose edit ++ option is set -- there are too many macros that are expected to ++ eventually fail. This matches historic practice. ++ + Truncate paths in initial vi screen if they won't fit on one line. ++ + Make cursor position after filter write match historic practice. ++ + Force the user to wait if there is output and the user is leaving ++ the screen for any reason -- don't permit further ex commands. ++ + Don't use a <newline> character to scroll the screen when exiting, ++ scroll in the vi screen before endwin() is called. ++ + Fix bug where the column number could be incorrect because the old ++ screen wasn't updated after a screen split. ++ + Fix ex print routine to correctly specify print flags. ++ + Make -g/-O a separate make/configuration option. ++ + Fix bug where ex/vi messages weren't being joined. ++ + Fix bug where termcap strings were free'd twice. ++ + Fix bug where TI/TE still weren't working -- I didn't put in the ++ translation strings for BSD style curses. ++ + Fix bug where I misspelled the iclower edit option as icloser. ++1.62 -> 1.63 (04/29/96) ++ + Robustness and type/lint fixes for the Tcl interface code. ++ + Fix core dump if TERM wasn't set or terminal type was unknown. ++ + Fix bug where combining ex commands that did/did not require an ++ ex screen would overwrite the command with the want-to-continue ++ messsage. ++ + Fix bug where the screen was never resolved if the user continued ++ entering ex commands using the : character, but then backspaced ++ over the prompt to quit or tried to edit their colon command-line ++ history. ++ + Fix bug where cursor wasn't placed over the ^ placeholder character ++ when quoting using the literal-next character. ++ + Fix bug where nvi under BSD style curses wasn't sending TI/TE termcap ++ strings when suspending the process. ++ + Rename mic again, to iclower. ++ + Fix bug where 'z' commands trailing / or ? commands weren't being ++ executed. ++ + Change incremental search to leave the cursor at its last position ++ when searching for something that was never found. ++ + Fix bug where search-with-confirmation from vi mode didn't position ++ the cursor correctly after displaying the confirm message. ++ + Fix bug where the "search wrapped" message was dependent on the ++ verbose edit option, which doesn't match historic practice. Change ++ search messages to be in inverse video. ++ + Fix bug where matched showmatch character wasn't being displayed ++ before the matching character was displayed. ++ + Another cursor update bug required a change to vs_paint(). ++ + Fix bug were initial line offset was wrong for the first split screen ++ (symptom is very strange column numbers and blank first line). ++ + Create filename "argument" lists when creating new screens. ++ + Fix bug where globals with associated commands that included both ++ buffer execution and other commands could fail to execute the latter. ++1.61 -> 1.62 (04/22/96) ++ + Rename the "searchci" edit option to be "mic". ++ + Fix memory corruption in global commands ending in searches. ++ + Fix text resolution bug, corrected the cursor based on the ++ first line input, not the last. ++ + Rework the readonly edit option to match historic practice. ++ + Fix several minor incremental search bugs; make incremental ++ searches work in maps. ++ + Fix long-line core dump, where an incorrect screen map could be ++ used. ++1.60 -> 1.61 (04/12/96) ++ + The cursor now ends up on the FIRST character of the put text for ++ all versions of the vi put commands, regardless of the source ++ of the text. This matches System III/V behavior and POSIX 1003.2. ++ + Fixed bug where showmatch messages were getting discarded. ++ + Minor Perl integration fixes. ++ + Integrate Cscope into the tags stack code -- major change. ++ + Fixed bug where ^T would drop core if returning to a temporary file. ++ + Changed vs_ routine to display ex output to replace tab characters ++ with spaces. ++ + Fix autoindent code to not back up past beginning of line when ^T ++ inserted into the middle of a line, i.e. offset != 0. ++ + Fix "notimeout" option, was being ignored, by a coding error. ++ + Fix showmatch code to never flash on a match if keys are waiting. ++ + Change the vi 'D' command to ignore any supplied count, matching ++ historic practice. ++ + Fix viusage for D, S, C and Y (the aliased vi commands). ++ + Fix the Perl5 configuration bug in the configuration script. ++ + Make file completion commands in empty lines work. ++ + Fix where the change to let vi use the default ex command structure ++ broke the ex specification of the script or source file name. ++ + Fix to free saved RE structures when screens exit. This is a major ++ RE change, which fixed several bugs in the handling of saved/subst ++ RE's. It's likely to have added new bugs, however. ++ + Add case-independent searching (the searchci edit option). ++ + Add incremental search (the searchincr edit option). ++ + Home the cursor when executing ex commands from vi. ++1.59 -> 1.60 (03/29/96) ++ + Fix ":w >>" core dump, make that command match historic practice. ++ + Fix autoindent bug where the length of the line was incorrectly ++ calculated. ++ + Fix cursor bug where cursor could end up at the wrong place if the ++ movement keys were entered quickly enough. ++ + Change the read/write whirling indicator to appear only every 1/4 ++ second, clean up the appearance. ++ + Don't change the options real values until underlying functions ++ have returned OK -- fix "set tabstop=0" core dump. ++ + Fix resizing on Sun's: use SA_INTERRUPT to interrupt read calls. ++ + Fix two forward mark command bugs: one where it wasn't setting the ++ "favorite cursor" position because of the refresh optimization, ++ and one where it didn't have VM_RCM_SET set in the command flags ++ for some reason. ++ + Fix a bug were the 's' command on top of a <tab> didn't correctly ++ copy the buffer. ++ + Make :exusage command work for commands having optional leading ++ capital letters, e.g. Next. ++ + Previous changes broke the inital-matching-prefix code in the key ++ mapping part of v_event_get -- fix it, and fix the infinite macro ++ interrupt code at the same time. ++ + Add "cedit" edit option, so colon command-line editing is optional. ++ Change filec/cedit so that you can set them to the same character, ++ and they do cedit if in column 1, and filec otherwise. ++ + Fix "source of non-existent file" core dump. ++ + Fix bug where functions keys specified in startup information were ++ never resolved/activated. ++ + Fix v_txt bug where could infinitely loop if <escape> triggered an ++ abbreviation expansion. ++ + Move version string into VERSION file, out of ex_version.c ++1.58 -> 1.59 ++ + Configuration changes, several minor bug fixes, including a few ++ core dumps. No functional changes. ++1.57 -> 1.58 ++ + Fix the problem where colon command-line temporary files were ++ getting left in /tmp. ++ + Fix the configuration scripts to quit immediately if the Perl ++ or Tk/Tcl libraries are specified but not found. ++ + Several screen fixes -- the changes in 1.57 weren't as safe as ++ I thought. More specifically, the refresh-only-if-waiting change ++ caused a lot of problems. In general, fixing them should provide ++ even more speedup, but I'm nervous. ++ + Lots of changes in the configuration scripts, hopefully this is ++ just a first-round ordeal. ++ + Several other minor bug fixes. ++1.56 -> 1.57 ++ + Add <esc> hook to colon commands, so you can edit colon commands. ++ + Add Perl5 interpreter. ++ + Change shell expansion code to fail if it doesn't read at least ++ one non-blank character from the shell. If the shell expansion ++ process fails, or if not at least one non-blank character, it ++ now displays an error message to the user. ++ + Rework the screen display so that it matches the historic vi screen ++ refreshes. ++ + Rework options processing: print/noprint are no longer cumulative, ++ provide more information to underlying edit options modules, move ++ O_MESG information into the screen specific code. ++ + Make file completion character settable. ++ + Rework terminal restart -- you can now use ":set term" to switch ++ terminal types. This cleaned up screen resizing considerably. ++ + Character display fix, display \177 as ^?, not in hex/octal. ++ + Tag search bug fix, don't repeat search if successful. ++ + Replace sys_siglist[] use with private sigmsg() routine. ++ + Fix core dump if illegal screenId specified to Tcl routine. ++ + Add get/set mark interface to Tcl Interpreter interface. ++ + Fix core dump if file expansion code stressed (re: filec edit option) ++ + Fix bug where filter commands in empty files couldn't find line 0. ++ + Switch to GNU autoconf 2.7 for configuration, delete nvi/PORT. ++ Many random portability fixes. ++1.55 -> 1.56 (11/26/95) ++ + Bug fix release -- generally available beta release. ++1.54 -> 1.55 (11/18/95) ++ + Bug fix release. ++ + Integrate Tcl interpreter. ++1.53 -> 1.54 (11/11/95) ++ + Bug fix release. A major change in reworking the ex commands, when ++ called from the colon command line, to match historic practice, and ++ permit them to be entered repeatedly after ex has trashed the screen. ++ + Use restartable endwin() from System V curses to implement screen ++ + suspend. ++1.52 -> 1.53 (10/29/95) ++ + Switch to using vendor's curses library for all ports. ++ + Back out the event driven version, leaving screen separation. ++ + User configuration of <escape> timeout (the escapetime edit option). ++ + Add Tcl/Tk screen support. ++ + Add file name completion (the filec edit option). ++ + Disallow access to outside applications (the secure edit option). ++1.51 -> 1.52 (7/26/95) ++ + Minor cleanups, snapshotted for SMI. ++1.50 -> 1.51 (7/05/95) ++ + Lots and lots of changes for event driven model, largely in moving ++ the boundary between the screen code and the editor up and down. ++ Private release for Rob Zimmermann @ Tartan and Bill Shannon @ SMI. ++1.49 -> 1.50 Fri Jun 9 13:56:17 1995 ++ + Minor bug fixes for stability. ++ + Convert to an event driven model, with the usual Nachos Supreme ++ layering that results. This is a completely new version, nothing ++ done previously matters any more. ++1.48 -> 1.49 Wed Mar 8 10:42:17 1995 ++ + Changes in 1.46 broke ^A processing. ++ + Add :previous to split screen commands. ++ + Lots o' random bug fixes -- passes purify testing again. ++1.47 -> 1.48 Thu Feb 9 18:13:29 1995 ++ + Random bug fixes for 1.47. ++ + Move the FREF (file structure) list out of the screen and into ++ the global area. ++ + Change semantics to :E to more closely match :e -- ":E" joins ++ the current file, so ":E /tmp" is now the command to match the ++ historic ":split". ++1.46 -> 1.47 Wed Feb 8 19:43:41 1995 ++ + All ex commands (including visual and excluding global and v) ++ are now supported inside ex global commands. ++ + Rework the append/change/insert commands to match historic ++ practice for text appended to the ex command line, and inside ++ of ex global commands. ++ + Restructure to make single-line screens work. ++ + Restructure to create curses independent screen routines. ++ + Restructure to permit Edit, Next, and Tag routines to create new ++ screens on the fly. ++ + Change hexadecimal output to be \x## instead of 0x##. ++ + Change ex commands run from vi to stay in vi mode for as long as ++ possible, i.e. until ex modifies the screen outside of the editor. ++1.45 -> 1.46 Tue Jan 24 10:22:27 1995 ++ + Restructure to build as a library. ++1.44 -> 1.45 Thu Jan 12 21:33:06 1995 ++ + Fix relative cursor motion to handle folded lines. ++ + Recompile the search pattern if applicable edit options change. ++ + Change +/-c command ordering to match historic practice. ++ + Rework autoindent code to always resolve preceeding <blank> ++ characters when a ^T or ^D are entered. ++ + Add the print/noprint edit options, so can now specify if ++ a character is printable. ++ + Change ex to run in canonical mode. ++ + Fix ex text input to support the number edit option. ++ + Vi text input fix for the R command to correctly restore ++ characters entered and then backspaced over. ++ + Several vi increment command fixes. ++1.43 -> 1.44 ++ + Bug fix, vi was printing the last line number on the status line ++ at startup. Change to execute commands at first line set, i.e. ++ "vi -t tag -c cmd" executes cmd at the tag line, not EOF. ++1.42 -> 1.43 Sat Dec 3 13:11:32 1994 ++ + Marks, SunOS signed comparison fix for 1.42. ++1.41 -> 1.42 Fri Dec 2 20:08:16 1994 ++ + Make autowrite require the file not be read-only. ++ + Make the ex insert command work in empty files. ++ + Tab expansion is no longer limited to values < 20 (which matches ++ historical practice). ++ + Simplify (and fix limit detection for) the # command. It's no ++ longer possible to use the # command itself to repeat or modify ++ a previous # command, '.' is the only possibility. ++ + Lots more reworking of the ex addresses, putting ? and / into ++ the ex addressing code broke the world. ++ + Make the Put, Preserve and Print commands work (don't ask). ++ + Split stdout/stderr from shell expansions; stdout is expansion ++ text, stderr is entered on the message queue. ++1.40 -> 1.41 Fri Nov 18 16:13:52 1994 ++ + Addition of a port for AUX 3.1 ++ + Addition of a message catalog for Russian. ++ + Make vi ? and / commands be true ex addresses (historic practice). ++ + Display the date first in vi -r recovery list. ++1.39 -> 1.40 Mon Nov 14 10:46:56 1994 ++ + Two bug fixes for 1.39; -r option and v_change core dump. ++1.38 -> 1.39 Sun Nov 13 18:04:08 1994 ++ + Ex substitution with confirmation now matches historic practice ++ (except that it still runs in raw mode, not cooked). ++ + Nvi now clears the screen before painting, if repainting the ++ entire screen. ++ + Fix final cursor position for put command entering text in a ++ single line. ++ + Change to break error message lines on the last <blank> in the ++ line. ++ + Always center the current line when returning to a previously ++ edited file or moving to a tag line that's not visible on the ++ screen. ++ + Change write of the current file using an explicit name or % to ++ match the semantics of :w<CR>, not :w file<CR>. ++ + Add command aliases to vi, and remap 6 historic commands to their ++ historic counterparts: D->d$, Y->y_, S->c_, C->c$, A->$a, I->^i. ++ + Match option display to historic practice; if boolean or numeric ++ options changed to default values, not displayed by default. ++ Nvi treats string options the same way, vi always displayed any ++ string option that was changed. ++ + Added lock edit option, if not set, no file locking is done. ++ + Rework ex to permit any ex command in the EXINIT variable or ++ exrc startup files. This fixes the bug were `vi +100 file' ++ painted the screen and then moved to line 100 and repainted. ++ (Yanked to SCCS ID 9.1.) ++ + Bug fix: could report file modified more recently than it was ++ written, incorrectly. ++ + Search fix: historically, motions with deltas were not corrected ++ to the previous/next line based on the starting/stopping column. ++ + Addressing fixes: make trailing non-existent addresses work, change ++ % to be text substitution, not a unique address (to follow future ++ POSIX). ++1.37 -> 1.38 Mon Oct 24 12:51:58 1994 ++ + Scrolling fix; ^B can move to nonexistent lines. ++ + Fix to vi mapped commands; <escape> characters while already in ++ command mode did not historically cause the mapped characters to ++ be flushed. ++ + Add the backup edit option, automatically version edit files. ++ + Make it possible to edit files that db can't read, i.e. edit a ++ temporary file, with the correct file name. ++ + Only anchor the last line of the file to the bottom line of the ++ screen if there's half or less of a screen between the target ++ line and the end of the file. ++ + Fix wrapmargin text allocation bug. ++ + Fix ex put command to work in any empty file. ++ + Fix global command to handle move's to line 0 correctly. ++ + Regularize the yank cursor motions, several bug fixes for historic ++ practice. ++ + Fix N and n, when used as a motion command for the ! command, ++ repeat the last bang command instead of prompting for a new ++ one. ++ + Timeout maps beginning with <escape> quickly, instead of based ++ on the keytime option. ++ + Bug fix for wraplen option, wasn't triggered for input commands. ++1.36 -> 1.37 Sun Oct 9 19:02:53 1994 ++ + Change PORT directories to install patches before distribution. ++ + Fix ^A to set search direction and pattern for consistency. ++ + Fold the showdirty option into the showmode option. ++ + Ex addressing fix: change search offset and line arguments (e.g. ++ the copy command) to be ex addressing offsets, matching historic ++ practice. ++ + Ex addressing fix: support ^ as an offset/flag equivalent to -. ++ + Ex addressing fix: historically, any missing address defaulted to ++ dot, e.g. "4,,," was the same as ".,.". ++ + Ex addressing fix: historically, <blank> separated numbers were ++ additive, e.g. "3 5p" displayed line 8. ++ + Ex addressing fix: make ';' as a range delimiter match historic ++ practice. ++ + Change nvi to exit immediately if stdout isn't a terminal. ++ + Change alternate file name behavior to match historic practice, ++ make the :write command set the current file name. ++ + Text input fix; input keys from a map, with an associated count, ++ weren't historically affected by the wrapmargin value. ++ + Add wraplen option, same as wrapmargin, but from the left-hand ++ column, not the right. ++ + Make ex address .<number> be equivalent to .+<number>, i.e. the ++ '+' is understood; matches historic practice, and it's widely ++ documented for ed(1). ++ + Input mode ^V^J historically mapped into a single ^J. ++ + Minor catalog changes, fixes; don't use 's' to pluralize words. ++1.35 -> 1.36 Thu Sep 8 08:40:25 1994 ++ + Don't overwrite user's maps with standard (termcap) mappings. ++ + Make \ escape kill and erase characters in vi text input mode. ++ + Fix ^D autoindent bug by resolving leading <blank>s at ^D. ++ + Rework abbreviation tests (again!) to match historic practice. ++ + Change ^D/^U default scrolling value to be based on window option ++ value, not screen lines, correct scrolling option value, both to ++ match historic practice. NOTE: System V does this differently! ++1.34 -> 1.35 Wed Aug 31 19:20:15 1994 ++ + Add the historic -l option. ++ + Message catalogs. ++ + Display global messages at each flush, just in case some are there. ++ + Fix global substitute code, `\\' wasn't handled correctly. ++ + Fix abbreviation code to use <blank>s as the preceding character. ++ + Fix ruler to display logical column, not physical column. ++ + Block signals when user issues :preserve command, so no race caused ++ by SIGHUP/SIGTERM. ++1.33 -> 1.34 Wed Aug 17 14:37:32 1994 (PUBLICLY AVAILABLE VERSION) ++ + Back out sccsid string fix, it won't work on SunOS 4.1. ++1.32 -> 1.33 Wed Aug 17 09:31:41 1994 (PUBLICLY AVAILABLE VERSION) ++ + Get back 5K of data space for the sccsid strings. ++ + Fix bug where cG fix in version 1.31 broke cw cursor positioning ++ when the change command extended the line. ++ + Fix core dump in map/seq code if character larger than 7 bits. ++ + Block signals when manipulating the SCR chains. ++ + Fix memory allocation for machines with multiple pointer sizes. ++1.31 -> 1.32 Mon Aug 15 14:27:49 1994 ++ + Turn off recno mmap call for Solaris 2.4/SunOS 5.4. ++1.30 -> 1.31 Sun Aug 14 13:13:35 1994 ++ + Fix bug were cG on the last line of a file wasn't done in line mode, ++ and where the cursor wasn't positioned correctly after exiting text ++ insert mode. ++ + Add termcap workaround to make function keys greater than 9 work ++ correctly (or fail if old-style termcap support). ++ + Change ex/vi to not flush mapped keys on error -- this is historic ++ practice, and people depended on it. ++ + Rework vi parser so that no command including a mapped key ever ++ becomes the '.' command, matching historic practice. ++ + Make <escape> cancellation in the vi parser match POSIX 1003.2. ++ + Fix curses bug where standout string was written for each standout ++ character, and where standout mode was never exited explicitly. ++ Fix bugs in curses SF/sf and SR/sr scrolling, as seen on Sun and ++ x86 consoles. ++ + The v/global commands execute the print command by default. ++ + The number option historically applies to ex as well as vi. ++1.29 -> 1.30 Mon Aug 8 10:30:42 1994 ++ + Make first read into a temporary set the file's name. ++ + Permit any key to continue scrolling or ex commands -- this ++ allows stacked colon commands, and matches historic practice. ++ + Don't output normal ! command commentary in ex silent mode. ++ + Allow +/- flags after substitute commands, make line (flag) ++ offsets from vi mode match historic practice. ++ + Return <eof> to ex immediately, even if preceded by spaces. Rework ++ ex parser to do erase the prompt instead of depending on the print ++ routines to do it. Minor fixes to the ex parser for display of ++ default and scrolling commands. MORE EX PARSER CHANGES. ++1.28 -> 1.29 Fri Aug 5 10:18:07 1994 ++ + Make the abbreviated ex delete command work (:dele---###lll for ++ example, is historically legal. ++ + When autoprint fires, multiple flags may be set, use ex_print ++ directly instead of the stub routines. ++ + Change v/global commands to turn off autoprint while running. ++ + Minor changes to make the ! command display match historic output. ++ + Rework the ex parser to permit multiple command separators without ++ commands -- MAJOR CHANGE, likely to introduce all sorts of new bugs. ++ + Fix cd command to expand argument in the context of each element ++ of the cdpath option, make relative paths always relative to the ++ current directory. ++ + Rework write/quit cases for temporary files, so that user's don't ++ discard them accidentally. ++ + Check for window size changes when continuing after a suspend. ++ + Fix memory problem in svi_screen, used free'd memory. ++ + Change the ex change, insert, append commands to match historic ++ cursor positions if no data entered by the user. ++ + Change ex format flags (#, l, p) to affect future commands, not ++ just the current one, to match historic practice. ++ + Make the user's EOF character an additional scroll character in ex. ++ + Fix ex ^D scrolling to be the value of the scroll option, not half ++ the screen. ++ + Fix buffer execution to match historic practice -- bugs where the ++ '*' command didn't work, and @<carriage-return> didn't work. ++ + Fix doubled reporting of deleted lines in filters. ++ + Rework the % ` / ? ( ) N n { and ^A commands to always cut into ++ numeric buffers regardless of the location or length of the cut. ++ This matches historic practice. ++ + Fix the { command to check the current line if the cursor doesn't ++ start on the first character of the line. ++ + Do '!' expansion in the ex read command arguments, it's historic ++ practice. In addition, it sets the last '!' command. ++1.27 -> 1.28 Wed Jul 27 21:29:18 1994 ++ + Add support for scrolling using the CS and SF/sf/SR/sr termcap ++ strings to the 4BSD curses. ++ + Rework of getkey() introduced a bug where command interrupt put ++ nvi into an infinite loop. ++ + Piping through a filter historically cut the replaced lines into ++ the default buffer, although not the numeric ones. ++ + Read of a filter and !! historically moved to the first nonblank ++ of the resulting cursor line (most of the time). ++ + Rework cursor motion flags, to support '!' as a motion command. ++1.26 -> 1.27 Tue Jul 26 10:27:58 1994 ++ + Add the meta option, to specify characters the shell will expand. ++ + Fix the read command to match historic practice, the white space ++ and bang characters weren't getting parsed correctly. ++ + Change SIGALRM handler to save and restore errno. ++ + Change SunOS include/compat.h to include <vfork.h> so that the ++ ex/filter.c code works again. ++ + Don't put lines deleted by the ex delete command into the numeric ++ buffers, matching historic practice. ++ + Fix; if appending to a buffer, default buffer historically only ++ references the appended text, not the resulting text. ++ + Support multiple, semi-colon separated search strings, and 'z' ++ commands after search strings. ++ + Make previous context mark setting match historic practice (see ++ docs/internals/context). ++ + Fix the set command to permit whitespace between the option and ++ the question mark, fix question marks in general. ++ + Fix bug where ex error messages could be accidentally preceded ++ by a single space. ++ + Fix bug where curses reorganization could lose screen specific ++ mappings as soon as any screen exited. ++ + Fix bug in paragraph code where invalid macros could be matched. ++ Make paragraph motions stop at formfeed (^L) characters. ++ + Change 'c' to match historic practice, it cut text into numeric ++ buffers. ++1.25 -> 1.26 Tue Jul 19 17:46:24 1994 ++ + Ignore SIGWINCH if the screen size is unchanged; SunOS systems ++ deliver one when a screen is uncovered. ++ + Fix: don't permit a command with a motion component to wrap due ++ to wrapscan and return to the original cursor position. ++ + Fix: ^E wasn't beeping when reaching the bottom of the file. ++ + Fix bg/fg bug where tmp file exiting caused a NULL dereference. ++ + Rework file locking code to use fcntl(2) explicitly. ++ + Fix bug in section code where invalid macros could be matched. ++ + Fix bug where line number reset by vi's Q command. ++ + Add explicit character mode designation to character mode buffers. ++ + Add <sys/ioctl.h> include to sex/sex_window.c, needed by NET/2 ++ vintage systems. ++ + Change to always flush a character during suspend, 4BSD curses ++ has the optimization where it doesn't flush after a standend(). ++ + Fix bug on OSF1 where <curses.h> changes the values of VERASE, ++ VKILL and VWERASE to incorrect ones. ++ + Fix bug where optarg used incorrectly in main.c. ++ + Block all signals when acting on a signal delivery. ++ + Fix recovery bug where RCV_EMAIL could fire even if there wasn't ++ a backing file; format recovery message. ++1.24 -> 1.25 Sun Jul 17 14:33:38 1994 ++ + Stop allowing keyboard suspends (^Z) in insert mode, it's hard ++ to get autowrite correct, and it's not historic practice. ++ + Fix z^, z+ to match historic practice. ++ + Bug in message handling, "vi +35 non-existent_file" lost the ++ status message because the "+35" pushed onto the stack erased ++ it. For now, change so that messages aren't displayed if there ++ are keys waiting -- may need to add a "don't-erase" bit to the ++ character in the stack instead. ++ + Bug in svi_msgflush(), where error messages could come out in ++ normal video. ++1.23 -> 1.24 Sat Jul 16 18:30:18 1994 ++ + Fix core dump in exf.c, where editing a non-existent file and ++ exiting could cause already free'd memory to be free'd. ++ + Clean up numerous memory errors, courtesy of Purify. ++ + Change process wait code to fail if wait fails, and not attempt ++ to interpret the wait return information. ++ + Open recovery and DB files for writing as well as reading, System ++ V (fcntl) won't let you acquire LOCK_EX locks otherwise. ++ + Fix substitute bug where could malloc 0 bytes (AIX breaks). ++ + Permit the mapping of <carriage-return>, it's historic practice. ++ + Historic vi didn't eat <blank> characters before the force ++ flag, match historic practice. ++ + Bug in ex argument parsing, corrected for literal characters ++ twice. ++ + Delete screen specific maps when the screen closes. ++ + Move to the first non-<blank> in the line on startup; historic ++ practice. ++ + Change the ex visual command to move directly to a line if no ++ trailing 'z' command. ++ + Fix "[[" and "]]" to match historic practice (yet again...). ++ + Fix "yb" and "y{" commands to update the cursor correctly. ++ + Change "~<motion>" to match the yank cursor movement semantics ++ exactly. ++ + Move all of the curses related code into sex/svi -- major rework, ++ but should help in future ports. ++ + Fix bug in split code caused by new file naming code, where would ++ drop core when a split screen exited. ++ + Change svi_ex_write to do character display translation, so that ++ messages with file names in them are displayed correctly. ++ + Display the file name on split screens instead of a divider line. ++ + Fix move bug, wasn't copying lines before putting them. ++ + Fix bug were :n dropped core if no arguments supplied. ++ + Don't quote characters in executed buffer: "ifoo<esc>" should leave ++ insert mode after the buffer is executed. ++ + Tagpop and tagpush should set the absolute mark in case only moving ++ within a file. ++ + Skip leading whitespace characters before tags and cursor word ++ searches. ++ + Fix bug in ex_global where re_conv() was allocating the temporary ++ buffer and not freeing it. ++1.22 -> 1.23: Wed Jun 29 19:22:33 1994 ++ + New <sys/cdefs.h> required "inline" to change to "__inline" ++ + Fix System V curses code for new ^Z support. ++ + Fix off-by-one in the move code, avoid ":1,$mo$" with only one ++ line in the buffer. ++ + Line orientation of motion commands was remembered too long, ++ i.e. '.' command could be incorrectly marked as line oriented. ++ + Move file modification time into EXF, so it's shared across ++ split screens. ++ + Put the prev[ious] command back in, people complained. ++ + Random fixes to next/prev semantics changed in 1.22. ++ + Historically vi doesn't only move to the last address if there's ++ ANYTHING after the addresses, e.g. ":3" moves to line 3, ":3|" ++ prints line 3. ++1.21 -> 1.22: Mon Jun 27 11:01:41 1994 ++ + Make the line between split screens inverse video again. ++ + Delete the prev[ious] command, it's not useful enough to keep. ++ + Rework :args/file name handling from scratch -- MAJOR CHANGE, ++ likely to introduce all sorts of new bugs. ++ + Fix RE bug where no subexpressions in the pattern but there were ++ subexpressions referenced in the replacement, e.g. "s/XXX/\1/g". ++ + Change recovery to not leave unmodified files around after a ++ crash, by using the owner 'x' bit on unmodified backup files. ++ MAJOR CHANGE, the system recovery script has to change! ++ + Change -r option to delete recovery.* files that reference non- ++ existent vi.* files. ++ + Rework recovery locking so that fcntl(2) locking will work. ++ + Fix append (upper-case) buffers, broken by cut fixes. ++ + Fix | to not set the absolute motion mark. ++ + Read $HOME/.exrc file on startup if the effective user ID is ++ root. This makes running vi while su(1)'d work correctly. ++ + Use the full pathname of the file as the recovery name, not ++ just the last component. Matches historic practice. ++ + Keep marks in empty files from being destroyed. ++ + Block all caught signals before calling the DB routines. ++ + Make the line change report match historic practice (yanked ++ lines were different than everything else). ++ + Add section on multiple screens to the reference manual. ++ + Display all messages at once, combine onto a single line if ++ possible. Delete the trailing period from all messages. ++1.20 -> 1.21: Thu May 19 12:21:58 1994 ++ + Delete the -l flag from the recover mail. ++ + Send the user email if ex command :preserve executed, this matches ++ historic practice. Lots of changes to the preserve and recovery ++ code, change preserve to snapshot files (again, historic practice). ++ + Make buffers match historic practice: "add logically stores text ++ into buffer a, buffer 1, and the unnamed buffer. ++ + Print <tab> characters as ^I on the colon command line if the ++ list option set. ++ + Adjust ^F and ^B scroll values in the presence of split screens ++ and small windows. ++ + Break msg* routines out from util.c into msg.c, start thinking ++ about message catalogs. ++ + Add tildeop set option, based on stevie's option of the same name. ++ Changes the ~ command into "[count] ~ motion", i.e. ~ takes a ++ trailing motion. ++ + Chose NOT to match historic practice on cursor positioning after ++ consecutive undo commands on a single line; see vi/v_undo.c for ++ the comment. ++ + Add a one line cache so that multiple changes to the same line ++ are only counted once (e.g. "dl35p" changes one line, not 35). ++ + Rework signals some more. Block file sync signals in vi routines ++ that interface to DB, so can sync the files at interrupt time. ++ Write up all of the signal handling arguments, see signal.c. ++1.19 -> 1.20: Thu May 5 19:24:57 1994 ++ + Return ^Z to synchronous handling. See the dicussion in signal.c ++ and svi_screen.c:svi_curses_init(). ++ + Fix bug where line change report was wrong in util.c:msg_rpt(). ++1.18 -> 1.19: Thu May 5 12:59:51 1994 ++ + Block DSUSP so that ^Y isn't delivered at SIGTSTP. ++ + Fix bug -- put into an empty file leaves the cursor at 1,0, ++ not the first nonblank. ++ + Fix bug were number of lines reported for the 'P' command was ++ off-by-one. ++ + Fix bug were 0^D wasn't being handled correctly. ++ + Delete remnants of ^Z as a raw character. ++ + Fix bug where if a map was an entire colon command, it may never ++ have been displayed. ++ + Final cursor position fixes for the vi T and t commands. ++ + The ex :next command took an optional ex command as it's first ++ argument similar to the :edit commands. Match historic practice. ++1.17 -> 1.18: Wed May 4 13:57:10 1994 ++ + Rework curses information in the PORT/Makefile's. ++ + Minor fixes to ^Z asynchronous code. ++1.16 -> 1.17: Wed May 4 11:15:56 1994 ++ + Make ex comment handling match historic practice. ++ + Make ^Z work asynchronously, we can no longer use the SIGTSTP ++ handler in the curses library. ++1.15 -> 1.16: Mon May 2 19:42:07 1994 ++ + Make the 'p' and 'P' commands support counts, i.e. "Y10p" works. ++ + Make characters that map to themselves as the first part of the ++ mapping work, it's historic practice. ++ + Fix bug where "s/./\& /" discarded the space in the replacement ++ string. ++ + Add support for up/down cursor arrows in text input mode, rework ++ left/right support to match industry practice. ++ + Fix bug were enough character remapping could corrupt memory. ++ + Delete O_REMAPMAX in favor of setting interrupts after N mapped ++ characters without a read, delete the map counter per character. ++ MAJOR CHANGE. All of the interrupt signal handling has been ++ reworked so that interrupts are always turned on instead of ++ being turned on periodically, when an interruptible operation is ++ pending. ++ + Fix bug where vi wait() was interrupted by the recovery alarm. ++ + Make +cmd's and initial commands execute with the current line ++ set to the last line of the file. This is historic practice. ++ + Change "lock failed" error message to a file status message. ++ It always fails over NFS, and making all NFS files readonly ++ isn't going to fly. ++ + Use the historic line number format, but check for overflow. ++ + Fix bug where vi command parser ignored buffers specified as ++ part of the motion command. ++ + Make [@*]buffer commands on character mode buffers match historic ++ practice. ++ + Fix bug where the cmap/chf entries of the tty structure weren't ++ being cleared when new characters were read. ++ + Fix bug where the default command motion flags were being set ++ when the command was a motion component. ++ + Fix wrapmargin bug; if appending characters, and wrapmargin breaks ++ the line, an additional space is eaten. ++1.14 -> 1.15: Fri Apr 29 07:44:57 1994 ++ + Make the ex delete command work in any empty file. ++ + Fix bug where 't' command placed the cursor on the character ++ instead of to its left. ++ + ^D and ^U didn't set the scroll option value historically. ++ Note, this change means that any user set value (e.g. 15^D) ++ will be lost when splitting the screen, since the split code ++ now resets the scroll value regardless. ++ + Fix the ( command to set the absolute movement mark. ++ + Only use TIOCGWINSZ for window information if SIGWINCH signal ++ caught. ++ + Delete the -l flag, and make -r work for multiple arguments. ++ Add the ex "recover[!] file" command. ++ + Switch into ex terminal mode and use the sex routines when ++ append/change/insert called from vi mode. ++ + Make ^F and ^B match historic practice. This required a fairly ++ extensive rework of the svi scrolling code. ++ + Cursor positioning in H, M, L, G (first non-blank for 1G) wasn't ++ being done correctly. Delete the SETLFNB flag. H, M, and L stay ++ logical movements (SETNNB) and G always moves to the first nonblank. ++ + System V uses "lines" and "cols", not "li" and "co", change as ++ necessary. Check termcap function returns for errors. ++ + Fix `<character> command to do start/end of line correction, ++ and to set line mode if starting and stopping at column 0. ++ + Fix bug in delete code where dropped core if deleted in character ++ mode to an empty line. (Rework the delete code for efficiency.) ++ + Give up on SunOS 4.1.X, and use "cc" instead of /usr/5bin/cc. ++ + Protect ex_getline routine from interrupted system calls (if ++ possible, set SA_RESTART on SIGALRM, too). ++ + Fix leftright scrolling bug, when moving to a shorter line. ++ + Do validity checking on the copy, move, t command target line ++ numbers. ++ + Change for System V % pattern broke trailing flags for empty ++ replacement strings. ++ + Fix bug when RCM flags retained in the saved dot structure. ++ + Make the ex '=' command work for empty files. ++ + Fix bug where special_key array was being free'd (it's no longer ++ allocated). ++ + Matches cut in line mode only if the starting cursor is at or ++ before the first nonblank in its line, and the ending cursor is ++ at or after the last nonblank in its line. ++ + Add the :wn command, so you can write a file and switch to a new ++ file in one command. ++ + Allow only a single key as an argument to :viusage. ++ + New movement code broke filter/paragraph operations in empty ++ files ("!}date" in an empty file was dropping core). ++1.12 -> 1.14: Mon Apr 18 11:05:10 1994 (PUBLICLY AVAILABLE VERSION, 4.4BSD) ++ + Fix FILE structure leakage in the ex filter code. ++ + Rework suspend code for System V curses. Nvi has to do the ++ the work, there's no way to get curses to do it right. ++ + Revert SunOS 4.1.X ports to the distributed curses. There's ++ a bug in Sun's implementation that we can't live with. ++ + Quit immediately if row/column values are unreasonable. ++ + Fix the function keys to match vi historic behavior. ++ + Replace the echo/awk magic in the Makefile's with awk scripts. ++1.11 -> 1.12: Thu Apr 14 11:10:19 1994 ++ + Fix bug where only the first vi key was checked for validity. ++ + Make 'R' continue to overwrite after a <carriage-return>. ++ + Only display the "no recovery" message once. ++ + Rework line backup code to restore the line to its previous ++ condition. ++ + Don't permit :q in a .exrc file or EXINIT variable. ++ + Fix wrapscan option bug where forward searches become backward ++ searches and do cursor correction accordingly. ++ + Change "dd" to move the cursor to the first non-blank on the line. ++ + Delete cursor attraction to the first non-blank, change non-blank ++ motions to set the most attractive cursor position instead. ++ + Fix 'r' substitute option to set the RE to the last RE, not the ++ last substitute RE. ++ + Fix 'c' and 'g' substitute options to always toggle, and fix ++ edcompatible option to not reset them. ++ + Display ex error messages in inverse video. ++ + Fix errorbells option to match historic practice. ++ + Delete fixed character display table in favor of table built based ++ on the current locale. ++ + Add ":set octal" option, that displays unknown characters as octal ++ values instead of the default hexadecimal. ++ + Make all command and text input modes interruptible. ++ + Fix ex input mode to display error messages immediately, instead ++ of waiting for the lines to be resolved. ++ + Fix bug where vi calling append could overwrite the command. ++ + Fix off-by-one in the ex print routine tab code. ++ + Fix incorrect ^D test in vi text input routines. ++ + Add autoindent support for ex text insert routines. ++ + Add System V substitute command replacement pattern semantics, ++ where '%' means the last replacement pattern. ++ + Fix bug that \ didn't escape newlines in ex commands. ++ + Regularize the names of special characters to CH_*. ++ + Change hex insert character from ^Vx<hex_char> to ^X<hex_char> ++ + Integrate System V style curses, so SunOS and Solaris ports can ++ use the native curses implementation. ++1.10 -> 1.11: Thu Mar 24 16:07:45 EST 1994 (PUBLICLY AVAILABLE VERSION) ++ + Change H, M, and L to set the absolute mark, historical practice. ++ + Fix bug in stepping through multiple tags files. ++ + Add "remapmax" option that turns off map counts so you can remap ++ infinitely. If it's off, term_key() can be interrupted from the ++ keyboard, which will cause the buffers to flush. I also dropped ++ the default max number of remaps to 50. (Only Dave Hitz's TM ++ macros and maze appear to go over that limit.) ++ + Change :mkexrc to not dump w{300,1200,9600}, lisp options. ++ + Fix backward search within a line bug. ++ + Change all the includes of "pathnames.h" to use <>'s so that the ++ PORT versions can use -I. to replace it with their own versions. ++ + Make reads and writes interruptible. Rework code that enters and ++ leaves ex for '!' and filter commands, rework all interrupt and ++ timer code. ++ + Fix core dump when user displayed option in .exrc file. ++ + Fix bug where writing empty files didn't update the saved ++ modification time. ++ + Fix bug where /pattern/ addressing was always a backward search. ++ + Fix bug triggered by autoindent of more than 32 characters, where ++ nvi wasn't checking the right TEXT length. ++ + Fix bug where joining only empty lines caused a core dump. ++1.09 -> 1.10: Sat Mar 19 15:40:29 EST 1994 ++ + Fix "set all" core dump. ++1.08 -> 1.09: Sat Mar 19 10:11:14 EST 1994 ++ + If the tag's file path is relative, and it doesn't exist, check ++ relative to the tag file location. ++ + Fix ~ command to free temporary buffer on error return. ++ + Create vi.ref, a first cut at a reference document for vi. ++ The manual page and the reference document only document the ++ set options, so far. ++ + Fix 1G bug not always going to the first non-blank. ++ + Upgrade PORT/regex to release alpha3.4, from Henry Spencer. ++ + Add MKS vi's "cdpath" option, supporting a cd search path. ++ + Handle if search as a motion was discarded, i.e. "d/<erase>". ++ + Change nvi to not create multiple recovery files if modifying ++ a recovered file. ++ + Decide to ignore that the cursor is before the '$' when inserting ++ in list mode. It's too hard to fix. ++1.07 -> 1.08: Wed Mar 16 07:37:36 EST 1994 ++ + Leftright and big line scrolling fixes. This meant more changes ++ to the screen display code, so there may be new problems. ++ + Don't permit search-style addresses until a file has been read. ++ + "c[Ww]" command incorrectly handled the "in whitespace" case. ++ + Fix key space allocation bug triggered by cut/paste under SunOS. ++ + Ex move command got the final cursor position wrong. ++ + Delete "optimize option not implemented" message. ++ + Make the literal-next character turn off mapping for the next ++ character in text input mode. ++1.06 -> 1.07: Mon Mar 14 11:10:33 EST 1994 ++ + The "wire down" change in 1.05 broke ex command parsing, there ++ wasn't a corresponding change to handle multiple K_VLNEXT chars. ++ + Fix final position for vi's 't' command. ++1.05 -> 1.06: Sun Mar 13 16:12:52 EST 1994 ++ + Wire down ^D, ^H, ^W, and ^V, regardless of the user's termios ++ values. ++ + Add ^D as the ex scroll command. ++ + Support ^Q as a literal-next character. ++ + Rework abbreviations to be delimited by any !inword() character. ++ + Add options description to the manual page. ++ + Minor screen cache fix for svi_get.c. ++ + Rework beautify option support to match historical practice. ++ + Exit immediately if not reading from a tty and a command fails. ++ + Default the SunOS 4.* ports to the distributed curses, not SMI's. ++1.04 -> 1.05: Thu Mar 24 16:07:45 EST 1994 ++ + Make cursor keys work in input mode. ++ + Rework screen column code in vi curses screen. MAJOR CHANGE -- ++ after this, we'll be debugging curses screen presentation from ++ scratch. ++ + Explode include files in vi.h into the source files. ++1.03 -> 1.04: Sun Mar 6 14:14:16 EST 1994 ++ + Make the ex move command keep the marks on the moved lines. ++ + Change resize semantics so you can set the screen size to a ++ specific value. A couple of screen fixes for the resize code. ++ + Fixes for foreground/background due to SIGWINCH. ++ + Complete rework of all of vi's cursor movements. The underlying ++ assumption in the old code was that the starting cursor position ++ was part of the range of lines cut or deleted. The command ++ "d[[" is an example where this isn't true. Change it so that all ++ motion component commands set the final cursor position separately ++ from the range, as it can't be done correctly later. This is a ++ MAJOR CHANGE -- after this change, we'll be debugging the cursor ++ positioning from scratch. ++ + Rewrite the B, b, E, e commands to use vi's getc() interface ++ instead of rolling their own. ++ + Add a second MARK structure, LMARK, which is the larger mark ++ needed by the logging and mark queue code. Everything else uses ++ the reworked MARK structure, which is simply a line/column pair. ++ + Rework cut/delete to not expect 1-past-the-end in the range, but ++ to act on text to the end of the range, inclusive. ++ + Sync on write's, to force NFS to flush. ++1.01 -> 1.03: Sun Jan 23 17:50:35 EST 1994 (PUBLICLY AVAILABLE VERSION) ++ + Tag stack fixes, was returning to the tag, not the position from ++ which the user tagged. ++ + Only use from the cursor to the end of the word in cursor word ++ searches and tags. (Matches historical vi behavior.) ++ + Fix delete-last-line bug when line number option set. ++ + Fix usage line for :split command. ++ + If O_NUMBER set, long input lines would eventually fail, the column ++ count for the second screen of long lines wasn't set correctly. ++ + Fix for [[ reaching SOF with a column longer than the first line. ++ + Fix for multiple error messages if no screen displayed. ++ + Fix :read to set alternate file name as in historical practice. ++ + Fix cut to rotate the numeric buffers if line mode flag set. ++1.00 -> 1.01: Wed Jan 12 13:37:18 EST 1994 ++ + Don't put cut items into numeric buffers if cutting less than ++ parts of two lines. ++0.94 -> 1.00: Mon Jan 10 02:27:27 EST 1994 ++ + Read-ahead not there; BSD tty driver problem, SunOS curses ++ problem. ++ + Global command could error if it deleted the last line of ++ the file. ++ + Change '.' to only apply to the 'u' if entered immediately ++ after the 'u' command. "1pu.u.u. is still broken, but I ++ expect that it's going to be sacrificed for multiple undo. ++ + If backward motion on a command, now move to the point; get ++ yank cursor positioning correct. ++ + Rework cut buffers to match historic practice -- yank/delete ++ numeric buffers redone sensibly, ignoring historic practice. ++0.92 -> 0.93: Mon Dec 20 19:52:14 EST 1993 ++ + Christos Zoulas reimplemented the script windows using pty's, ++ which means that they now work reasonably. The down side of ++ this is that almost all ports other than 4.4BSD need to include ++ two new files, login_tty.c and pty.c from the PORT/clib directory. ++ I've added them to the Makefiles. ++ + All calloc/malloc/realloc functions now cast their pointers, for ++ SunOS -- there should be far fewer warning messages, during the ++ build. The remaining messages are where CHAR_T's meet char *'s, ++ i.e. where 8-bit clean meets strcmp. ++ + The user's argument list handling has been reworked so that there ++ is always a single consistent position for use by :next, :prev and ++ :rewind. ++ + All of the historical options are now at least accepted, although ++ not all of them are implemented. (Edcompatible, hardtabs, lisp, ++ optimize, redraw, and slowopen aren't implemented.) ++ + The RE's have been reworked so that matches of length 0 are handled ++ in the same way as vi used to handle them. ++ + Several more mapping fixes and ex parser addressing fixes. +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/nvi-1.79/docs/tutorial/vi.advanced nvi-1.81.6/nvi-1.79/docs/tutorial/vi.advanced +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/nvi-1.79/docs/tutorial/vi.advanced 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/nvi-1.79/docs/tutorial/vi.advanced 2008-06-22 20:35:35.000000000 +0200 +@@ -0,0 +1,1458 @@ ++Section 26: Index to the rest of the tutorial ++ ++The remainder of the tutorial can be perused at your leisure. Simply find the ++topic of interest in the following list, and {/Section xx:/^M} to get to the ++appropriate section. (Remember that ^M means the return key) ++ ++The material in the following sections is not necessarily in a bottom up ++order. It should be fairly obvious that if a section mentions something with ++which you are not familiar, say, buffers, you might {/buffer/^M} followed by ++several {n} to do a keyword search of the file for more details on that item. ++Another point to remember is that commands are surrounded by curly-braces and ++can therefore be found rather easily. To see where, say, the X command is ++used try {/{X}/^M}. Subsequent {n} will show you other places the command was ++used. We have tried to maintain the convention of placing the command letter ++surrounded by curly-braces on the section line where that command is ++mentioned. ++ ++Finally, you should have enough 'savvy' at this point to be able to do your ++own experimentation with commands without too much hand-holding on the part of ++the tutorial. Experimentation is the best way to learn the effects of the ++commands. ++ ++ Section Topic - description ++ ------- ------------------- ++(Sections 1 through 25 are located in the file vi.beginner.) ++ 1 introduction: {^F} {ZZ} ++ 2 introduction (con't) and positioning: {^F} {^B} ++ 3 introduction (con't) and positioning: {^F} {^B} ++ 4 positioning: {^F} {^B} ^M (return key) ++ 5 quitting: {:q!} ^M key ++ 6 marking, cursor and screen positioning: {m} {G} {'} {z} ++ 7 marking, cursor and screen positioning: {m} {G} {'} {z} ++ 8 marking, cursor and screen positioning: {z} {m} {'} ++ 9 marking and positioning: {m} {''} ++ 10 line positioning: {^M} {-} ++ 11 scrolling with {^M} ++ 12 scrolling with {-} and screen adjustment {z} ++ 13 notes on use of tutorial ++ 14 other scrolling and postioning commands: {^E} {^Y} {^D} {^U} ++ 15 searching: {/ .. /^M} ++ 16 searching: {? .. ?^M} {n} (in search strings ^ $) ++ 17 searching: \ and magic-characters in search strings ++ 18 colon commands, exiting: {:} {ZZ} ++ 19 screen positioning: {H} {M} {L} ++ 20 character positioning: {w} {b} {0} {W} {B} {e} {E} {'} {`} ++ 21 cursor positioning: {l} {k} {j} {h} ++ 22 adding text: {i} {a} {I} {A} {o} {O} ^[ (escape key) ++ 23 character manipulation: {f} {x} {X} {w} {l} {r} {R} {s} {S} {J} ++ 24 undo: {u} {U} ++ 25 review ++(The following sections are in this file.) ++ 26 Index to the rest of the tutorial ******** YOU ARE HERE ******* ++ 27 discussion of repeat counts and the repeat command: {.} ++ 28 more on low-level character motions: {t} {T} {|} ++ 29 advanced correction operators: {d} {c} ++ 30 updating the screen: {^R} ++ 31 text buffers: {"} ++ 32 rearranging and duplicating text: {p} {P} {y} {Y} ++ 33 recovering lost lines ++ 34 advanced file manipulation with vi ++ 34.1 more than one file at a time: {:n} ++ 34.2 reading files and command output: {:r} ++ 34.3 invoking vi from within vi: {:e} {:vi} ++ 34.4 escaping to a shell: {:sh} {:!} ++ 34.5 writing parts of a file: {:w} ++ 34.6 filtering portions of text: {!} ++ 35 advanced searching: magic patterns ++ 36 advanced substitution: {:s} ++ 37 advanced line addressing: {:p} {:g} {:v} ++ 38 higher level text objects and nroff: ( ) { } [[ ]] ++ 39 more about inserting text ++ 40 more on operators: {d} {c} {<} {>} {!} {=} {y} ++ 41 abbreviations: {:ab} ++ 42 vi's relationship with the ex editor: {:} ++ 43 vi on hardcopy terminals and dumb terminals: open mode ++ 44 options: {:set} {setenv EXINIT} ++ 44.1 autoindent ++ 44.2 autoprint ++ 44.3 autowrite ++ 44.4 beautify ++ 44.5 directory ++ 44.6 edcompatible ++ 44.7 errorbells ++ 44.8 hardtabs ++ 44.9 ignorecase ++ 44.10 lisp ++ 44.11 list ++ 44.12 magic ++ 44.13 mesg ++ 44.14 number ++ 44.15 open ++ 44.16 optimize ++ 44.17 paragraphs ++ 44.18 prompt ++ 44.19 readonly ++ 44.20 redraw ++ 44.21 remap ++ 44.22 report ++ 44.23 scroll ++ 44.24 sections ++ 44.25 shell ++ 44.26 shiftwidth ++ 44.27 showmatch ++ 44.28 slowopen ++ 44.29 tabstop ++ 44.30 tags ++ 44.31 taglength ++ 44.32 term ++ 44.33 terse ++ 44.34 timeout ++ 44.35 ttytype ++ 44.36 warn ++ 44.37 window ++ 44.38 wrapscan ++ 44.39 wrapmargin ++ 44.40 writeany ++ 44.41 w300, w1200, w9600 ++ ++Section 27: repetition counts and the repeat command {.} ++ ++Most vi commands will use a preceding count to affect their behavior in some ++way. We have already seen how {3x} deletes three characters, and {22G} moves ++us to line 22 of the file. For almost all of the commands, one can survive by ++thinking of these leading numbers as a 'repeat count' specifying that the ++command is to be repeated so many number of times. ++ ++Other commands use the repeat count slightly differently, like the {G} command ++which use it as a line number. ++ ++For example: ++ ++{3^D} means scroll down in the file three lines. Subsequent {^D} OR {^U} will ++scroll only three lines in their respective directions! ++ ++{3z^M} says put line three of the file at the top of the screen, while {3z.} ++says put line three as close to the middle of the screen as possible. ++ ++{50|} moves the cursor to column fifty in the current line. ++ ++{3^F} says move forward 3 screenfulls. This is a repetition count. The ++documents advertise that {3^B} should move BACK three screenfulls, but I ++can't get it to work. ++ ++Position the cursor on some text and try {3r.}. This replaces three characters ++with '...'. However, {3s.....^[} is the same as {3xi.....^[}. ++ ++Try {10a+----^[}. ++ ++A very useful instance of a repetition count is one given to the '.' command, ++which repeats the last 'change' command. If you {dw} and then {3.}, you will ++delete first one and then three words. You can then delete two more words with ++{2.}. If you {3dw}, you will delete three words. A subsequent {.} will delete ++three more words. But a subsequent {2.} will delete only two words, not three ++times two words. ++ ++Caveat: The author has noticed that any repetition count with {^B} will NOT ++work: indeed, if you are at the end of your file and try {3^B} sufficiently ++often, the editor will hang you in an infinite loop. Please don't try it: ++take my word for it. ++ ++Section 28: {t} {T} {|} ++ ++Position the cursor on line 13 below: ++ ++Line 13: Four score and seven years ago, our forefathers brought ... ++ ++Note that {fv} moves the cursor on/over the 'v' in 'seven'. Do a {0} to return ++to the beginning of the line and try a {tv}. The cursor is now on/over the ++first 'e' in 'seven'. The {f} command finds the next occurrence of the ++specified letter and moves the cursor to it. The {t} command finds the ++specified letter and moves the cursor to the character immediately preceding ++it. {T} searches backwards, as does {F}. ++ ++Now try {60|}: the cursor is now on the 'o' in 'brought', which is the ++sixtieth character on the line. ++ ++Section 29: {d} {c} ++ ++Due to their complexity we have delayed discussion of two of the most powerful ++operators in vi until now. Effective use of these operators requires more ++explanation than was deemed appropriate for the first half of the tutorial. ++ ++{d} and {c} are called operators instead of commands because they consist of ++three parts: a count specification or a buffer specification (see section ++#BUFFERS), the {d} or {c}, and the object or range description. We will not ++discuss buffers at this stage, but will limit ourselves to count ++specifications. Examples speak louder than words: position the cursor at the ++beginning of line 14: ++ ++Line 14: Euclid alone has looked on beauty bear. ++ ++Obviously, there is something wrong with this quotation. Type {2fb} to ++position the cursor on the 'b' of 'bear'. Now, type {cwbare^[} ++and observe the results. The {cw} specifies that the change command {c} is to ++operate on a word object. More accurately, it specifies that the range of the ++change command includes the next word. ++ ++Position the cursor on the period in Line 14. (one way is to use {f.}) ++Now, type {cbbeast^[}. This specifies the range of the change command to be the ++previous word (the 'b' reminiscent of the {b} command). If we had wished to ++delete the word rather than change it, we would have used the {d} operator, ++rather than the {c} operator. ++ ++Position the cursor at the beginning of the line with {0}. Type ++{d/look/^M}. The search string specified the range of the delete. ++Everything UP TO the word 'looking' was deleted from the line. ++ ++In general, almost any command that would move the cursor will specify a range ++for these commands. The most confusing exception to this rule is when {dd} or ++{cc} is entered: they refer to the whole line. Following is a summary of the ++suffixes (suffices? suffici?) and the ranges they specify: ++ ++ suffix will delete{d}/change{c} ++ ------ ------------------------ ++ ^[ cancels the command ++ w the word to the right of the cursor ++ W ditto, but ignoring punctuation ++ b the word to the left of the cursor ++ B ditto, but ignoring punctuation ++ e see below. ++ E ditto ++ (space) a character ++ $ to the end of the line ++ ^ to the beginning of the line ++ / .. / up to, but not including, the string ++ ? .. ? back to and including the string ++ fc up to and including the occurrence of c ++ Fc back to and including the occurrence of c ++ tc up to but not including the occurrence of c ++ Tc back to but not including the occurrence of c ++ ^M TWO lines (that's right: two) ++ (number)^M that many lines plus one ++ (number)G up to and including line (number) ++ ( the previous sentence if you are at the beginning of ++ the current sentence, or the current sentence up to where ++ you are if you are not at the beginning of the current ++ sentence. Here, 'sentence' refers to the intuitive ++ notion of an English sentence, ending with '!', '?', ++ or '.' and followed by an end of line or two spaces. ++ ) the rest of the current sentence ++ { analogous to '(', but in reference to paragraphs: ++ sections of text surrounded by blank lines ++ } analogous to ')', but in reference to paragraphs ++ [[ analogous to '(', but in reference to sections ++ ]] analogous to ')', but in reference to sections ++ H the first line on the screen ++ M the middle line on the screen ++ L the last line on the screen ++ 3L through the third line from the bottom of the screen ++ ^F forward a screenful ++ ^B backward a screenful ++ : ++ : etc. etc. etc. ++ ++This list is not exhaustive, but it should be sufficient to get the idea ++across: after the {c} or {d} operator, you can specify a range with another ++move-the-cursor command, and that is the region of text over which the command ++will be effective. ++ ++Section 30: updating the screen {^R} ++ ++Vi tries to be very intelligent about the type of terminal you are working on ++and tries to use the in-terminal computing power (if any) of your terminal. ++Also if the terminal is running at a low baud rate (say 1200 or below), vi sets ++various parameters to make things easier for you. For example, if you were ++running on a 300 baud terminal (that's 30 characters per second transmission ++rate) not all 24 lines of the screen would be used by vi. In addition, there ++is a large portion of the editor keeping track of what your screen currently ++looks like, and what it would look like after a command has been executed. Vi ++then compares the two, and updates only those portions of the screen that have ++changed. ++ ++Furthermore, some of you may have noticed (it depends on your terminal) that ++deleting lines or changing large portions of text may leave some lines on the ++screen looking like: ++@ ++meaning that this line of the screen does not correspond to any line in your ++file. It would cost more to update the line than to leave it blank for the ++moment. If you would like to see your screen fully up-to-date with the ++contents of your file, type {^R}. ++ ++To see it in action, delete several lines with {5dd}, type {^R}, and then type ++{u} to get the lines back. ++ ++Here is as good a place as any to mention that if the editor is displaying the ++end of your file, there may be lines on the screen that look like: ++~ ++indicating that that screen line would not be affected by {^R}. These lines ++simply indicate the end of the file. ++ ++Section 31: text buffers {"} ++ ++Vi gives you the ability to store text away in "buffers". This feature is very ++convenient for moving text around in your file. There are a total of thirty- ++five buffers available in vi. There is the "unnamed" buffer that is used by all ++commands that delete text, including the change operator {c}, the substitute ++and replace commands {s} and {r}, as well as the delete operator {d} and delete ++commands {x} and {X}. This buffer is filled each time any of these commands ++are used. However, the undo command {u} has no effect on the unnamed buffer. ++ ++There are twenty-six buffers named 'a' through 'z' which are available for the ++user. If the name of the buffer is capitalized, then the buffer is not ++overwritten but appended to. For example, the command {"qdd} will delete one ++line and store that line in the 'q' buffer, destroying the previous contents of ++the buffer. However, {"Qdd} will delete one line of text and append that line ++to the current contents of the 'q' buffer. ++ ++Finally, there are nine buffers named '1' through '9' in which the last nine ++deletes are stored. Buffer 1 is the default buffer for the modify commands and ++is sometimes called the unnamed buffer. ++ ++To reference a specific buffer, use the double-quote command {"} followed by ++the name of the buffer. The next two sections show how buffers can be used to ++advantage. ++ ++Section 32: rearranging and duplicating text: {y} {Y} {p} {P} ++ ++Position yourself on line 15 below and {z^M}: ++ ++Line 15: A tree as lovely as a poem ... ++Line 16: I think that I shall never see ++ ++Type {dd}. Line 15 has disappeared and been replaced with the empty line (one ++with the single character @ on it) or (again depending on your terminal) Line ++16 has moved up and taken its place. We could recover Line 15 with an undo ++{u} but that would simply return it to its original location. Obviously, the ++two lines are reversed, so we want to put line 15 AFTER line 16. This is ++simply done with the put command {p}, which you should type now. What has ++happened is that {dd} put Line 15 into the unnamed buffer, and the {p} command ++retrieved the line from the unnamed buffer. ++ ++Now type {u} and observe that Line 15 disappears again (the put was undone ++without affecting the unnamed buffer). Type {P} and see that the capital {P} ++puts the line BEFORE the cursor. ++ ++To get Line 15 where it belongs again type {dd}{p}. ++ ++Also in Line 15 note that the words 'tree' and 'poem' are reversed. Using the ++unnamed buffer again: {ft}{dw}{ma}{fp}{P}{w}{dw}{`aP} will set things aright ++(note the use of the reverse quote). ++ ++The put commands {p} and {P} do not affect the contents of the buffer. ++Therefore, multiple {p} or {P} will put multiple copies of the unnamed buffer ++into your file. ++ ++Experiment with {d} and {p} on words, paragraphs, etc. Whatever {d} ++deletes, {p} can put. ++ ++Position the cursor on Line 17 and {z^M}: ++ ++Line 17: interest apple cat elephant boy dog girl hay farmer ++ ++Our task is to alphabetize the words on line 17. With the named buffers (and a ++contrived example) it is quite easy: ++ ++{"idw}{"adw}{"cdw}{"edw}{"bdw}{"ddw}{"gdw}{"hdw}{"fdw} ++ ++stores each of the words in the named buffer corresponding to the first letter ++of each of the words ('interest' goes in buffer "i, 'apple' goes in buffer "a, ++etc.). Now to put the words in order type: ++ ++{"ap$}{"bp$}{"cp$}{"dp$}{"ep$}{"fp$}{"gp$}{"hp$}{"ip$} ++ ++Notice that, because 'farmer' was at the end of the line, {dw} did not include ++a space after it, and that, therefore, there is no space between 'farmer' and ++'girl'. This is corrected with {Fg}{i ^[}. ++ ++This example could have been done just as easily with lines as with ++words. ++ ++You do not have to delete the text in order to put it into a buffer. If all ++you wish to do is to copy the text somewhere else, don't use {d}, rather use ++the yank commands {y} or {Y}. {y} is like {d} and {c} - an operator rather ++than a command. It, too, takes a buffer specification and a range ++specification. Therefore, instead of {dw}{P} to load the unnamed buffer with a ++word without deleting the word, use {yw} (yank a word). ++ ++{Y} is designed yank lines, and not arbitrary ranges. That is, {Y} is ++equivalent to {yy} (remember that operators doubled means the current line), ++and {3Y} is equivalent to {3yy}. ++ ++If the text you yank or modify forms a part of a line, or is an object such as ++a sentence which partially spans more than one line, then when you put the text ++back, it will be placed after the cursor (or before if you use {P}). If the ++yanked text forms whole lines, they will be put back as whole lines, without ++changing the current line. In this case, the put acts much like the {o} or {O} ++command. ++ ++The named buffers "a through "z are not affected by changing edit files. ++However, the unnamed buffer is lost when you change files, so to move text from ++one file to another you should use a named buffer. ++ ++Section 33: recovering lost lines ++ ++Vi also keeps track of the last nine deletes, whether you ask for it or not. ++This is very convenient if you would like to recover some text that was ++accidentally deleted or modified. Position the cursor on line 18 following, ++and {z^M}. ++ ++ ++Line 18: line 1 ++Line 19: line 2 ++Line 20: line 3 ++Line 21: line 4 ++Line 22: line 5 ++Line 23: line 6 ++Line 24: line 7 ++Line 25: line 8 ++Line 26: line 9 ++Type {dd} nine times: now don't cheat with {9dd}! That is totally different. ++ ++The command {"1p} will retrieve the last delete. Furthermore, when the ++numbered buffers are used, the repeat-command command {.} will increment the ++buffer numbers before executing, so that subsequent {.} will recover all nine ++of the deleted lines, albeit in reverse order. If you would like to review the ++last nine deletes without affecting the buffers or your file, do an undo {u} ++after each put {p} and {.}: ++ ++{"1p}{u}{.}{u}{.}{u}{.}{u}{.}{u}{.}{u}{.}{u}{.}{u}{.} ++ ++will show you all the buffers and leave them and your file intact. ++ ++If you had cheated above and deleted the nine lines with {9dd}, all nine lines ++would have been stored in both the unnamed buffer and in buffer number 1. ++(Obviously, buffer number 1 IS the unnamed buffer and is just the default ++buffer for the modify commands.) ++ ++Section 34: advanced file manipulation: {:r} {:e} {:n} {:w} {!} {:!} ++ ++We've already looked at writing out the file you are editing with the ++{:w} command. Now let's look at some other vi commands to make editing ++more efficient. ++ ++Section 34.1: more than one file at a time {:n} {:args} ++ ++Many times you will want to edit more than one file in an editing session. ++Instead of entering vi and editing the first file, exiting, entering vi and ++editing the second, etc., vi will allow you to specify ALL files that you wish ++to edit on the invocation line. Therefore, if you wanted to edit file1 and ++file2: ++ ++% vi file1 file2 ++ ++will set up file1 for editing. When you are done editing file one, write it ++out {:w^M} and then type {:n^M} to get the next file on the list. On large ++programming projects with many source files, it is often convenient just to ++specify all source files with, say: ++ ++% vi *.c ++ ++If {:n^M} brings in a file that does not need any editing, another {:n^M} ++will bring in the next file. ++ ++If you have made changes to the first file, but decide to discard these changes ++and proceed to the next file, {:n!^M} forces the editor to discard the current ++contents of the editor. ++ ++You can specify a new list of files after {:n}; e.g., {:n f1 f2 f3^M}. This ++will replace the current list of files (if any). ++ ++You can see the current list of files being edited with {:args^M}. ++ ++Section 34.2: reading files and command output: {:r} ++ ++Typing {:r fname^M} will read the contents of file fname into the editor and ++put the contents AFTER the cursor line. ++ ++Typing {:r !cmd^M} will read the output of the command cmd and place that ++output after the cursor line. ++ ++Section 34.3: invoking vi from within vi: {:e} {:vi} ++ ++To edit another file not mentioned on the invocation line, type {:e filename^M} ++or {:vi filename^M}. If you wish to discard the changes to the current file, ++use the exclamation point after the command, e.g. {:e! filename^M}. ++ ++Section 34.4: escaping to a shell: {:sh} {:!} {^Z} ++ ++Occasionally, it is useful to interrupt the current editing session to perform ++a UNIX task. However, there is no need to write the current file out, exit ++the editor, perform the task, and then reinvoke the editor on the same file. ++One thing to do is to spin off another process. If there are several UNIX ++commands you will need to execute, simply create another shell with {:sh^M}. ++At this point, the editor is put to sleep and will be reawakened when you log ++out of the shell. ++ ++If it is a single command that you want to execute, type {:!cmd^M}, where cmd ++is the command that you wish to run. The output of the command will come to ++the terminal as normal, and will not be made part of your file. The message ++"[Hit return to continue]" will be displayed by vi after the command is ++finished. Hitting return will then repaint the screen. Typing another ++{:!cmd^M} at this point is also acceptable. ++ ++However, there is a quicker, easier way: type {^Z}. Now this is a little ++tricky, but hang in there. When you logged into UNIX, the first program you ++began communicating with was a program that is called a "shell" (i.e. it 'lays ++over' the operating system protecting you from it, sort of like a considerate ++porcupine). When you got your first prompt on the terminal (probably a '%' ++character) this was the shell telling you to type your first command. When ++you typed {vi filename} for some file, the shell did not go away, it just went ++to sleep. The shell is now the parent of vi. When you type {^Z} the editor ++goes to sleep, the shell wakes up and says "you rang?" in the form of another ++prompt (probably '%'). At this point you are talking to the shell again and ++you can do anything that you could before including edit another file! (The ++only thing you can't do is log out: you will get the message "There are ++stopped jobs.") ++ ++When your business with the shell is done, type {fg} for 'foreground' and the ++last process which you ^Z'd out of will be reawakened and the shell will go ++back to sleep. I will refer you to the documentation for the Berkeley shell ++'csh' for more information on this useful capability. ++ ++Section 34.5: writing parts of a file: {:w} ++ ++The {:w} command will accept a range specifier that will then write only a ++selected range of lines to a file. To write this section to a file, position ++the cursor on the section line (e.g. {/^Section 34.5:/^M}) and {z^M}. Now type ++{^G} to find out the line number (it will be something like "line 513"). Now ++{/^Section 34.6:/-1^M} to find the last line of this section, and {^G} to find ++its line number (it will be something like 542). To write out this section of ++text by itself to a separate file which we will call "sepfile", type ++{:510,542w sepfile^M}. If sepfile already exists, you will have to use the ++exclamation point: {:1147,1168w! sepfile^M} or write to a different, non- ++existent file. ++ ++{:!cat sepfile^M} will display the file just written, and it should be the ++contents of this section. ++ ++There is an alternate method of determining the line numbers for the write. ++{:set number^M} will repaint the screen with each line numbered. When the file ++is written and the numbers no longer needed, {:set nonumber^M} will remove the ++numbers, and {^R} will adjust the screen. ++ ++Or, if you remember your earlier lessons about marking lines of text, ++mark the beginning and ending lines. Suppose we had used {ma} to mark the ++first line of the section and {mb} to mark the last. Then the command ++{:'a,'bw sepfile^M} will write the section into "sepfile". In general, ++you can replace a line number with the 'name' of a marked line (a single-quote ++followed by the letter used to mark the line) ++ ++ ++Section 34.6: filtering portions of text: {!} ++ ++{!} is an operator like {c} and {d}. That is, it consists of a repetition ++count, {!}, and a range specifier. Once the {!} operator is entered in its ++entirety, a prompt will be given at the bottom of the screen for a UNIX ++command. The text specified by the {!} operator is then deleted and ++passed/filtered/piped to the UNIX command you type. The output of the UNIX ++command is then placed in your file. For example, place the cursor at the ++beginning of the following line and {z^M}: ++ ++ls -l vi.tutorial ++********* marks the bottom of the output from the ls command ********** ++ ++Now type {!!csh^M}. The line will be replaced with the output from the ls ++command. The {u} command works on {!}, also. ++ ++Here is an extended exercise to display some of these capabilities. When this ++tutorial was prepared, certain auxiliary programs were created to aid in its ++development. Of major concern was the formatting of sections of the tutorial ++to fit on a single screen, particularly the first few sections. What was ++needed was a vi command that would 'format' a paragraph; that is, fill out ++lines with as many words as would fit in eighty columns. There is no such vi ++command. Therefore, another method had to be found. ++ ++Of course, nroff was designed to do text formatting. However, it produces a ++'page'; meaning that there may be many blank lines at the end of a formatted ++paragraph from nroff. The awk program was used to strip these blank lines from ++the output from nroff. Below are the two files used for this purpose: I refer ++you to documentation on nroff and awk for a full explanation of their function. ++Position the cursor on the next line and {z^M}. ++ ++******** contents of file f ********** ++# ++nroff -i form.mac | awk "length != 0 { print }" ++***** contents of file form.mac ****** ++.na ++.nh ++.ll 79 ++.ec ++.c2 ++.cc ++************************************** ++ ++Determine the line numbers of the two lines of file f. They should be ++something like 574 and 575, although you better double check: this file is ++under constant revision and the line numbers may change inadvertently. Then ++{:574,575w f^M}. Do the same for the lines of file form.mac. They will be ++approximately 577 and 582. Then {:577,582w form.mac^M}. File f must have ++execute privileges as a shell file: {:!chmod 744 f^M}. ++ ++Observe that this paragraph is ++rather ratty in appearance. With our newly created files we can ++clean it up dramatically. Position the cursor at the beginning ++of this paragraph and type the following sequence of ++characters ++(note that we must abandon temporarily our convention ++of curly braces since the command itself contains a curly brace - we ++will use square brackets for the nonce): [!}f^M]. ++ ++Here is a brief explanation of what has happened. By typing [!}f^M] we ++specified that the paragraph (all text between the cursor and the first blank ++line) will be removed from the edit file and piped to a UNIX program called ++"f". This is a shell command file that we have created. This shell file runs ++nroff, pipes its output to awk to remove blank lines, and the output from awk ++is then read back into our file in the place of the old, ratty paragraph. The ++file form.mac is a list of commands to nroff to get it to produce paragraphs ++to our taste (the right margin is not justified, the line is 79 characters ++long, words are not hyphenated, and three nroff characters are renamed to ++avoid conflict: note that in this file, the {^G} you see there is vi's display ++of the control-G character, and not the two separate characters ^ up-arrow and ++G upper-case g). ++ ++This example was created before the existence of the fmt program. I now type ++[!}fmt^M] to get the same effect much faster. Actually, I don't type those ++six keys each time: I have an abbreviation (which see). ++ ++Section 35: searching with magic patterns ++ ++The documentation available for "magic patterns" (i.e. regular expressions) is ++very scanty. The following should explain this possibly very confusing feature ++of the editor. This section assumes that the magic option is on. To make ++sure, you might want to type {:set magic^M}. ++ ++By "magic pattern" we mean a general description of a piece of text that the ++editor attempts to find during a search. Most search patterns consist of ++strings of characters that must be matched exactly, e.g. {/card/^M} searches ++for a specific string of four characters. Let us suppose that you have ++discovered that you consistently have mistyped this simple word as either ccrd ++or czrd (this is not so far-fetched for touch typists). You could {/ccrd/^M} ++and {n} until there are no more of this spelling, followed by {/czrd/^M} and ++{n} until there are no more of these. Or you could {/c.rd/^M} and catch all of ++them on the first pass. Try typing {/c.rd/^M} followed by several {n} and ++observe the effect. ++ ++Line 27: card cord curd ceard ++ ++When '.' is used in a search string, it has the effect of matching any single ++character. ++ ++The character '^' (up-arrow) used at the beginning of a search string means ++the beginning of the line. {/^Line 27/^M} will find the example line above, ++while {/Line 27/^M} will find an occurrence of this string anywhere in the ++line. ++ ++Similarly, {/ the$/^M} will find all occurrences of the word 'the' occurring ++at the end of a line. There are several of them in this file. ++ ++Note that {:set nomagic^M} will turn off the special meaning of these magic ++characters EXCEPT for '^' and '$' which retain their special meanings at the ++beginning and end of a search string. Within the search string they hold no ++special meaning. Try {/\/ the$\//^M} and note that the dollar-sign is not the ++last character in the search string. Let the dollar-sign be the last ++character in the search string, as in {/\/ the$/^M} and observe the result. ++ ++Observe the result of {/back.*file/^M}. This command, followed by sufficient ++{n}, will show you all lines in the file that contain both the words 'back' ++and 'file' on the same line. The '*' magic character specifies that the ++previous regular expression (the '.' in our example) is to be repeatedly ++matched zero or more times. In our example we specified that the words 'back' ++and 'file' must appear on the same line (they may be parts of words such as ++'backwards' or 'workfile') separated by any number (including zero) of ++characters. ++ ++We could have specified that 'back' and 'file' are to be words by themselves by ++using the magic sequences '\<' or '\>'. E.g. {/\<back\>.*\<file\>/^M}. The ++sequence '\<' specifies that this point of the search string must match the ++beginning of a word, while '\>' specifies a match at the end of a word. By ++surrounding a string with these characters we have specified that they must be ++words. ++ ++To find all words that begin with an 'l' or a 'w', followed by an 'a' or an ++'e', and ending in 'ing', try {/\<[lw][ea][a-z]*ing\>/^M}. This will match ++words like 'learning', 'warning', and 'leading'. The '[..]' notation matches ++exactly ONE character. The character matched will be one of the characters ++enclosed in the square brackets. The characters may be specified individually ++as in [abcd] or a '-' may be used to specify a range of characters as in [a-d]. ++That is, [az] will match the letter 'a' OR the letter 'z', while [a-z] will ++match any of the lower case letters from 'a' through 'z'. If you would like to ++match either an 'a', a '-', or a 'z', then the '-' must be escaped: [a\-z] will ++match ONE of the three characters 'a', '-', or 'z'. ++ ++If you wish to find all Capitalized words, try {/\<[A-Z][a-z]*\>/^M}. The ++following will find all character sequences that do NOT begin with an ++uncapitalized letter by applying a special meaning to the '^' character in ++square brackets: {/\<[^a-z][a-z]*\>/^M}. When '^' is the first character of a ++square-bracket expression, it specifies "all but these characters". (No ++one claimed vi was consistent.) ++ ++To find all variable names (the first character is alphabetic, the remaining ++characters are alphanumeric): try {/\<[A-Za-z][A-Za-z0-9]*\>/^M}. ++ ++In summary, here are the primitives for building regular expressions: ++ ++ ^ at beginning of pattern, matches beginning of line ++ $ at end of pattern, matches end of line ++ . matches any single character ++ \< matches the beginning of a word ++ \> matches the end of a word ++ [str] matches any single character in str ++ [^str] matches any single character NOT in str ++ [x-y] matches any character in the ASCII range between x and y ++ * matches any number (including zero) of the preceding pattern ++ ++Section 36: advanced substitution: {:s} ++ ++The straightforward colon-substitute command looks like the substitute ++command of most line-oriented editors. Indeed, vi is nothing more than a ++superstructure on the line-oriented editor ex and the colon commands are ++simply a way of accessing commands within ex (see section #EX). This gives us ++a lot of global file processing not usually found in visual oriented editors. ++ ++The colon-substitute command looks like: {:s/ .. / .. /^M} and will find the ++pattern specified after the first slash (this is called the search pattern), ++and replace it with the pattern specified after the second slash (called, ++obviously enough, the replacement pattern). E.g. position the cursor on line ++28 below and {:s/esample/example/^M}: ++ ++Line 28: This is an esample. ++ ++The {u} and {U} commands work for {:s}. The first pattern (the search pattern) ++may be a regular expression just as for the search command (after all, it IS a ++search, albeit limited to the current line). Do an {u} on the above line, and ++try the following substitute, which will do almost the same thing: ++{:s/s[^ ]/x/^M}. ++Better undo it with {u}. The first pattern {s[^ ]} matches an 's' ++NOT followed by a blank: the search therefore ignores the 's'es in 'This' and ++'is'. However, the character matched by {[^ ]} must appear in the replacement ++pattern. But, in general, we do not know what that character is! (In this ++particular example we obviously do, but more complicated examples will follow.) ++Therefore, vi (really ex) has a duplication mechanism to copy patterns matched ++in the search string into the replacement string. Line 29 below is a copy of ++line 28 above so you can adjust your screen. ++ ++Line 29: This is an esample. ++ ++In general, you can nest parts of the search pattern in \( .. \) and refer to ++it in the replacement pattern as \n, where n is a digit. The problem outlined ++in the previous paragraph is solved with {:s/s\([^ ]\)/x\1/^M}: try it. Here ++\1 refers to the first pattern grouping \( .. \) in the search string. ++ ++Obviously, for a single line, this is rather tedious. Where it becomes ++powerful, if not necessary, is in colon-substitutes that cover a range of ++lines. (See the next section for a particularly comprehensive example.) ++ ++If the entire character sequence matched by the search pattern is needed in ++the replacement pattern, then the unescaped character '&' can be used. On ++Line 29 above, try {:s/an e.ample/not &/^M}. If another line is to have the ++word 'not' prepended to a pattern, then '~' can save you from re-typing the ++replacement pattern. E.g. {:s/some pattern/~/^M} after the previous example ++would be equivalent to {:s/some pattern/not &/^M}. ++ ++One other useful replacement pattern allows you to change the case of ++individual letters. The sequences {\u} and {\l} cause the immediately ++following character in the replacement to be converted to upper- or lower-case, ++respectively, if this character is a letter. The sequences {\U} and {\L} turn ++such conversion on, either until {\E} or {\e} is encountered, or until the end ++of the replacement pattern. ++ ++For example, position the cursor on a line: pick a line, any line. Type ++{:s/.*/\U&/^M} and observe the result. You can undo it with {u}. ++ ++The search pattern may actually match more than once on a single line. ++However, only the first pattern is substituted. If you would like ALL ++patterns matched on the line to be substituted, append a 'g' after the ++replacement pattern: {:s/123/456/g^M} will substitute EVERY occurrence ++on the line of 123 with 456. ++ ++Section 37: advanced line addressing: {:p} {:g} {:v} ++ ++Ex (available through the colon command in vi) offers several methods for ++specifying the lines on which a set of commands will act. For example, if you ++would like to see lines 50 through 100 of your file: {:50,100p^M} will display ++them, wait for you to [Hit return to continue], and leave you on line 100. ++Obviously, it would be easier just to do {100G} from within vi. But ++what if you would like to make changes to just those lines? Then the ++addressing is important and powerful. ++ ++Line 30: This is a text. ++Line 31: Here is another text. ++Line 32: One more text line. ++ ++The lines above contain a typing error that the author of this tutorial tends ++to make every time he attempts to type the word 'test'. To change all of these ++'text's into 'test's, try the following: ++{:/^Line 30/,/^Line 32/s/text/test/^M}. This finds the beginning and end of ++the portion of text to be changed, and limits the substitution to each of the ++lines in that range. The {u} command applies to ALL of the substitutions as ++a group. ++ ++This provides a mechanism for powerful text manipulations. ++And very complicated examples. ++ ++Line 33: This test is a. ++Line 34: Here test is another. ++Line 35: One line more test. ++ ++The above three lines have the second word out of order. The following command ++string will put things right. Be very careful when typing this: it is very ++long, full of special characters, and easy to mess up. You may want to ++consider reading the following section to understand it before trying the ++experiment. Don't worry about messing up the rest of the file, though: the ++address range is specified. ++ ++{:/^Line 33/,/^Line 35/s/\([^:]*\): \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\) \([^.]*\)/\1: \2 \4 \3/^M} ++ ++There are several things to note about this command string. First of all, the ++range of the substitute was limited by the address specification {/^Line ++33/,/^Line 35/^M}. It might have been simpler to do {:set number^M} to see the ++line numbers directly, and then, in place of the two searches, typed ++the line numbers, e.g. {1396,1398}. Or to mark the lines with {ma} and {mb} ++and use {'a,'b}. ++ ++Then follows the substitute pattern itself. To make it easier to understand ++what the substitute is doing, the command is duplicated below with the various ++patterns named for easier reference: ++ ++ s/\([^:]*\): \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\) \([^.]*\)/\1: \2 \4 \3/ ++ |--\1---| |--\2---| |--\3---| |--\4---| ++ |--------search pattern------------------|-replacement| ++ |--pattern---| ++ ++In overview, the substitute looks for a particular pattern made up of ++sub-patterns, which are named \1, \2, \3, and \4. These patterns are specified ++by stating what they are NOT. Pattern \1 is the sequence of characters that ++are NOT colons: in the search string, {[^:]} will match exactly one character ++that is not a colon, while appending the asterisk {[^:]*} specifies that the ++'not a colon' pattern is to be repeated until no longer satisfied, and ++{\([^:]*\)} then gives the pattern its name, in this case \1. Outside of the ++specification of \1 comes {: }, specifying that the next two characters must be ++a colon followed by a blank. ++ ++Patterns \2 and \3 are similar, specifying character sequences that are ++not blanks. Pattern \4 matches up to the period at the end of the line. ++ ++The replacement pattern then consists of specifying the new order of the ++patterns. ++ ++This is a particularly complicated example, perhaps the most complicated ++in this tutorial/reference. For our small examples, it is obviously ++tedious and error prone. For large files, however, it may be the most ++efficient way to make the desired modifications. ++ ++(The reader is advised to look at the documentation for awk. This tool is very ++powerful and slightly simpler to use than vi for this kind of file ++manipulation. But, it is another command language to learn.) ++ ++Many times, you will not want to operate on every line in a certain ++range. Rather you will want to make changes on lines that satisfy ++certain patterns; e.g. for every line that has the string 'NPS' on it, ++change 'NPS' to 'Naval Postgraduate School'. The {:g} addressing ++command was designed for this purpose. The example of this paragraph ++could be typed as {:g/NPS/s//Naval Postgraduate School/^M}. ++ ++The general format of the command is {:g/(pattern)/cmds^M} and it ++works in the following way: all lines that match the pattern ++following the {:g} are 'tagged' in a special way. Then each of these ++lines have the commands following the pattern executed over them. ++ ++Line 36: ABC rhino george farmer Dick jester lest ++Line 37: george farmer rhino lest jester ABC ++Line 38: rhino lest george Dick farmer ABC jester ++ ++Type: ++ ++{:g/^Line.*ABC/s/Dick/Harry Binswanger/|s/george farmer/gentleman george/p^M} ++ ++There are several things of note here. First, lines 36, 37, and 38 above are ++tagged by the {:g}. Type {:g/^Line.*ABC/p^M} to verify this. Second, there ++are two substitutes on the same line separated by '|'. In general, any colon ++commands can be strung together with '|'. Third, both substitutes operate on ++all three lines, even though the first stubstitute works on only two of the ++lines (36 and 38). Fourth, the second substitute works on only two lines (36 ++and 37) and those are the two lines printed by the trailing 'p'. ++ ++The {:v} command works similarly to the {:g} command, except that the sense of ++the test for 'tagging' the lines is reversed: all lines NOT matching the search ++pattern are tagged and operated on by the commands. ++ ++Using {^V} to quote carriage return (see section 39) can be used in global ++substitutions to split two lines. For example, the command ++{:g/\. /s//.^V^M/g^M} will change your file so that each sentence is on a ++separate line. (Note that we have to 'escape' the '.', because '.' by itself ++matches any character. Our command says to find any line which contains a ++period followed by 2 spaces, and inserts a carriage return after the period.) ++ ++Caveat: In some of the documentation for ex and vi you may find the ++comment to the effect that {\^M} can be used between commands following ++{:g}. The author of this tutorial has never gotten this to work and has ++crashed the editor trying. ++ ++Section 38: higher level text objects and nroff: {(} {)} [{] [}] {[[} {]]} ++ ++(Note: this section may be a little confusing because of our command ++notation. Using curly braces to surround command strings works fine as ++long as the command string does not contain any curly braces itself. ++However, the curly braces are legitimate commands in vi. Therefore, for ++any command sequence that contains curly braces, we will surround that ++sequence with SQUARE braces, as on the previous Section line.) ++ ++In working with a document, particularly if using the text formatting ++programs nroff or troff, it is often advantageous to work in terms of ++sentences, paragraphs, and sections. The operations {(} and {)} move to ++the beginning of the previous and next sentences, respectively. Thus ++the command {d)} will delete the rest of the current sentence; likewise ++{d(} will delete the previous sentence if you are at the beginning of ++the current sentence, or, if you are not at the beginning of a sentence, ++it will delete the current sentence from the beginning ++up to where you are. ++ ++A sentence is defined to end at a '.', '!', or '?' which is followed ++by either the end of a line, or by two spaces. Any number of closing ++')', ']', '"', and ''' characters may appear after the '.', '!', or '?' ++before the spaces or end of line. Therefore, the {(} and {)} commands ++would recognize only one sentence in the following line, but two ++sentences on the second following line. ++ ++Line 39: This is one sentence. Even though it looks like two. ++Line 40: This is two sentences. Because it has two spaces after the '.'. ++ ++The operations [{] and [}] move over paragraphs and the operations {[[} ++and {]]} move over sections. ++ ++A paragraph begins after each empty line, and also at each of a set of nroff ++paragraph macros. A section begins after each line with a form-feed ^L in the ++first column, and at each of a set of nroff section macros. When preparing a ++text file as input to nroff, you will probably be using a set of nroff macros ++to make the formatting specifications easier, or more to your taste. These ++macros are invoked by beginning a line with a period followed by the one or two ++letter macro name. Vi has been programmed to recognize these nroff macros, and ++if it doesn't recognize your particular macro you can use the {:set paragraphs} ++or {:set sections} commands so that it will. ++ ++Section 39: more about inserting text ++ ++There are a number of characters which you can use to make correnctions ++during input mode. These are summarized in the following table. ++ ++ ^H deletes the last input character ++ ^W deletes the last input word ++ (erase) same as ^H; each terminal can define its own erase character; ++ for some it is ^H, for others it is the DELETE key, and for ++ others it is '@'. ++ (kill) deletes the input on this line; each terminal can define its ++ own line-kill character; for some it is ^U, for others it is ++ '@'; you will need to experiment on your terminal to find ++ out what your line-kill and erase characters are. ++ \ escapes a following ^H, (kill), and (erase) characters: i.e. ++ this is how to put these characters in your file. ++ ^[ escape key; ends insertion mode ++ ^? the delete key; interrupts an insertion, terminating it ++ abnormally. ++ ^M the return key; starts a new line. ++ ^D backtabs over the indentation set by the autoindent option ++ 0^D backtabs over all indentation back to the beginning of the line ++ ^^D (up-arrow followed by control-d)same as 0^D, except the indentation ++ will be restored at the beginning of the next line. ++ ^V quotes the next non-printing character into the file ++ ++If you wish to type in your erase or kill character (say # or @ or ^U) then you ++must precede it with a \, just as you would do at the normal system command ++level. A more general way of typing non-printing characters into the file is ++to precede them with a ^V. The ^V echoes as a ^ character on which the cursor ++rests. This indicates that the editor expects you to type a control character ++and it will be inserted into the file at that point. There are a few ++exceptions to note. The implementation of the editor does not allow the null ++character ^@ to appear in files. Also the linefeed character ^J is used by the ++editor to separate lines in the file, so it cannot appear in the middle of a ++line. (Trying to insert a ^M into a file, or putting it in the replacement ++part of a substitution string will result in the matched line being split in ++two. This, in effect, is how to split lines by using a substitution.) You can ++insert any other character, however, if you wait for the editor to echo the ^ ++before you type the character. In fact, the editor will treat a following ++letter as a request for the corresponding control character. This is the only ++way to type ^S or ^Q, since the system normally uses them to suspend and resume ++output and never gives them to the editor to process. ++ ++If you are using the autoindent option you can backtab over the indent which it ++supplies by typing a ^D. This backs up to the boundary specified by the ++shiftwidth option. This only works immediately after the supplied autoindent. ++ ++When you are using the autoindent option you may wish to place a label at the ++left margin of a line. The way to do this easily is to type ^ (up-arrow) and ++then ^D. The editor will move the cursor to the left margin for one line, and ++restore the previous indent on the next. You can also type a 0 followed ++immediately by a ^D if you wish to kill all indentation and not have it resume ++on the next line. ++ ++Section 40: more on operators: {d} {c} {<} {>} {!} {=} {y} ++ ++Below is a non-exhaustive list of commands that can follow the operators ++to affect the range over which the operators will work. However, note ++that the operators {<}, {>}, {!}, and {=} do not operate on any object ++less than a line. Try {!w} and you will get a beep. To get the ++operator to work on just the current line, double it. E.g. {<<}. ++ ++ suffix will operate on ++ ------ ------------------------ ++ ^[ cancels the command ++ w the word to the right of the cursor ++ W ditto, but ignoring punctuation ++ b the word to the left of the cursor ++ B ditto, but ignoring punctuation ++ e see below. ++ E ditto ++ (space) a character ++ $ to the end of the line ++ ^ to the beginning of the line ++ / .. / up to, but not including, the string ++ ? .. ? back to and including the string ++ fc up to and including the occurrence of c ++ Fc back to and including the occurrence of c ++ tc up to but not including the occurrence of c ++ Tc back to but not including the occurrence of c ++ ^M TWO lines (that's right: two) ++ (number)^M that many lines plus one ++ (number)G up to and including line (number) ++ ( the previous sentence if you are at the beginning of ++ the current sentence, or the current sentence up to where ++ you are if you are not at the beginning of the current ++ sentence. Here, 'sentence' refers to the intuitive ++ notion of an English sentence, ending with '!', '?', ++ or '.' and followed by an end of line or two spaces. ++ ) the rest of the current sentence ++ { analogous to '(', but in reference to paragraphs: ++ sections of text surrounded by blank lines ++ } analogous to ')', but in reference to paragraphs ++ [[ analogous to '(', but in reference to sections ++ ]] analogous to ')', but in reference to sections ++ H the first line on the screen ++ M the middle line on the screen ++ L the last line on the screen ++ 3L through the third line from the bottom of the screen ++ ^F forward a screenful ++ ^B backward a screenful ++ : ++ : etc. etc. etc. ++ ++This list is not exhaustive, but it should be sufficient to get the idea ++across: after the operator, you can specify a range with a move-the-cursor ++command, and that is the region of text over which the operator will be ++effective. ++ ++Section 41: abbreviations: {:ab} ++ ++When typing large documents you may find yourself typing a large phrase ++over and over. Vi gives you the ability to specify an abbreviation for ++a long string such that typing the abbreviation will automatically ++expand into the longer phrase. ++ ++Type {:ab nps Naval Postgraduate School^M}. Now type: ++ ++{iThis is to show off the nps's UNIX editor.^M^[} ++ ++Section 42: vi's relationship with the ex editor: {:} ++ ++Vi is actually one mode of editing within the editor ex. When you are ++running vi you can escape to the line oriented editor of ex by giving ++the command {Q}. All of the colon-commands which were introduced above ++are available in ex. Likewise, most ex commands can be invoked from vi ++using {:}. ++ ++In rare instances, an internal error may occur in vi. In this case you ++will get a diagnostic and will be left in the command mode of ex. You can ++then save your work and quit if you wish by giving the command {x} after ++the colon prompt of ex. Or you can reenter vi (if you are brave) by ++giving ex the command {vi}. ++ ++Section 43: vi on hardcopy terminals and dumb terminals: open mode ++ ++(The author has not checked the following documentation for accuracy. It is ++abstracted from the Introduction to Vi Editing document.) ++ ++If you are on a hardcopy terminal or a terminal which does not have a cursor ++which can move off the bottom line, you can still use the command set of vi, ++but in a different mode. When you give the vi command to UNIX, the editor will ++tell you that it is using open mode. This name comes from the open command in ++ex, which is used to get into the same mode. ++ ++The only difference between visual mode (normal vi) and open mode is the way in ++which the text is displayed. ++ ++In open mode the editor uses a single line window into the file, and moving ++backward and forward in the file causes new lines to be displayed, always below ++the current line. Two commands of vi work differently in open: {z} and {^R}. ++The {z} command does not take parameters, but rather draws a window of context ++around the current line and then returns you to the current line. ++ ++If you are on a hardcopy terminal, the {^R} command will retype the current ++line. On such terminals, the editor normally uses two lines to represent the ++current line. The first line is a copy of the line as you started to edit it, ++and you work on the line below this line. When you delete characters, the ++editor types a number of \'s to show you the characters which are deleted. The ++editor also reprints the current line soon after such changes so that you can ++see what the line looks like again. ++ ++It is sometimes useful to use this mode on very slow terminals which can ++support vi in the full screen mode. You can do this by entering ex and using ++an {open} command. ++ ++********************************************************************* ++Section 44: options: {:set} {setenv EXINIT} ++ ++You will discover options as you need them. Do not worry about them very much ++on the first pass through this document. My advice is to glance through them, ++noting the ones that look interesting, ignoring the ones you don't understand, ++and try re-scanning them in a couple of weeks. ++ ++If you decide that you have a favorite set of options and would like to change ++the default values for the editor, place a {setenv EXINIT} command in your ++.login file. When you are given an account under UNIX your directory has ++placed in it a file that is executed each time you log in. If one of the ++commands in this file sets the environment variable EXINIT to a string of vi ++commands, you can have many things done for you each time you invoke vi. For ++example, if you decide that you don't like tabstops placed every eight columns ++but prefer every four columns, and that you wish the editor to insert linefeeds ++for you when your typing gets you close to column 72, and you want ++autoindentation, then include the following line in your .login file: ++ ++setenv EXINIT='set tabstop=4 wrapmargin=8 autoindent' ++ ++or equivalently ++ ++setenv EXINIT='se ts=4 wm=8 ai' ++ ++Each time you bring up vi, this command will be executed and the options set. ++ ++There are forty options in the vi/ex editor that the user can set for his/her ++own convenience. They are described in more detail in individual sections ++below. The section line will show the full spelling of the option name, the ++abbreviation, and the default value of the option. The text itself ++comes from the ex reference manual and is not the epitome of clarity. ++ ++Section 44.1: {autoindent}, {ai} default: noai ++ ++Can be used to ease the preparation of structured program text. At the ++beginning of each append, change or insert command or when a new line is opened ++or created by an append, change, insert, or substitute operation within open or ++visual mode, ex looks at the line being appended after, the first line changed ++or the line inserted before and calculates the amount of white space at the ++start of the line. It then aligns the cursor at the level of indentation so ++determined. ++ ++If the user then types lines of text in, they will continue to be justified at ++the displayed indenting level. If more white space is typed at the beginning ++of a line, the following line will start aligned with the first non-white ++character of the previous line. To back the cursor up to the preceding tab ++stop one can hit {^D}. The tab stops going backwards are defined at multiples ++of the shiftwidth option. You cannot backspace over the indent, except by ++sending an end-of-file with a {^D}. A line with no characters added to it ++turns into a completely blank line (the white space provided for the autoindent ++is discarded). Also specially processed in this mode are lines beginning with ++an up-arrow `^' and immediately followed by a {^D}. This causes the input to ++be repositioned at the beginning of the line, but retaining the previous indent ++for the next line. Similarly, a `0' followed by a {^D} repositions at the ++beginning but without retaining the previous indent. Autoindent doesn't happen ++in global commands or when the input is not a terminal. ++ ++Section 44.2: {autoprint}, {ap} default: ap ++ ++Causes the current line to be printed after each delete, copy, join, move, ++substitute, t, undo or shift command. This has the same effect as supplying a ++trailing `p' to each such command. Autoprint is suppressed in globals, and ++only applies to the last of many commands on a line. ++ ++Section 44.3: {autowrite}, {aw} default: noaw ++ ++Causes the contents of the buffer to be written to the current file if you have ++modified it and give a next, rewind, stop, tag, or {!} command, or a control- ++up-arrow {^^} (switch files) or {^]} (tag goto) command in visual. Note, that ++the edit and ex commands do not autowrite. In each case, there is an ++equivalent way of switching when autowrite is set to avoid the autowrite ++({edit} for next, rewind! for rewind, stop! for stop, tag! for tag, shell ++for {!}, and {:e #} and a {:ta!} command from within visual). ++ ++Section 44.4: {beautify}, {bf} default: nobeautify ++ ++Causes all control characters except tab ^I, newline ^M and form-feed ^L to be ++discarded from the input. A complaint is registered the first time a backspace ++character is discarded. Beautify does not apply to command input. ++ ++Section 44.5: {directory}, {dir} default: dir=/tmp ++ ++Specifies the directory in which ex places its buffer file. If this directory ++in not writable, then the editor will exit abruptly when it fails to be able to ++create its buffer there. ++ ++Section 44.6: {edcompatible} default: noedcompatible ++ ++Causes the presence or absence of g and c suffixes on substitute commands to be ++remembered, and to be toggled by repeating the suffices. The suffix r makes ++the substitution be as in the {~} command, instead of like {&}. ++ ++[Author's note: this should not concern users of vi.] ++ ++Section 44.7: {errorbells}, {eb} default: noeb ++ ++Error messages are preceded by a bell. However, bell ringing in open and ++visual modes on errors is not suppressed by setting noeb. If possible the ++editor always places the error message in a standout mode of the terminal (such ++as inverse video) instead of ringing the bell. ++ ++Section 44.8: {hardtabs}, {ht} default: ht=8 ++ ++Gives the boundaries on which terminal hardware tabs are set (or on which the ++system expands tabs). ++ ++Section 44.9: {ignorecase}, {ic} default: noic ++ ++All upper case characters in the text are mapped to lower case in regular ++expression matching. In addition, all upper case characters in regular ++expressions are mapped to lower case except in character class specifications ++(that is, character in square brackets). ++ ++Section 44.10: {lisp} default: nolisp ++ ++Autoindent indents appropriately for lisp code, and the {(}, {)}, [{], [}], ++{[[}, and {]]} commands in open and visual modes are modified in a ++striaghtforward, intuitive fashion to have meaning for lisp. ++ ++[Author's note: but don't ask me to define them precisely.] ++ ++Section 44.11: {list} default: nolist ++ ++All printed lines will be displayed (more) unambiguously, showing tabs as ^I ++and end-of-lines with `$'. This is the same as in the ex command {list}. ++ ++Section 44.12: {magic} default: magic for {ex} and {vi}, nomagic for edit. ++ ++If nomagic is set, the number of regular expression metacharacters is greatly ++reduced, with only up-arrow `^' and `$' having special effects. In addition ++the metacharacters `~' and `&' of the replacement pattern are treated as normal ++characters. All the normal metacharacters may be made magic when nomagic is ++set by preceding them with a `\'. ++ ++[Author's note: In other words, if magic is set a back-slant turns the magic ++off for the following character, and if nomagic is set a back-slant turns the ++magic ON for the following character. And, no, we are not playing Dungeons and ++Dragons, although I think the writers of these option notes must have played it ++all the time.] ++ ++Section 44.13: {mesg} default: mesg ++ ++Causes write permission to be turned off to the terminal while you are in ++visual mode, if nomesg is set. ++ ++[Author's note: I don't know if anyone could have made any one sentence ++paragraph more confusing than this one. What it says is: mesg allows people to ++write to you even if you are in visual or open mode; nomesg locks your terminal ++so they can't write to you and mess up your screen.] ++ ++Section 44.14: {number, nu} default: nonumber ++ ++Causes all output lines to be printed with their line numbers. In addition ++each input line will be prompted with its line number. ++ ++Section 44.15: {open} default: open ++ ++If {noopen}, the commands open and visual are not permitted. This is set for ++edit to prevent confusion resulting from accidental entry to open or visual ++mode. ++ ++[Author's note: As you may have guessed by now, there are actually three ++editors available under Berkeley UNIX that are in reality the same ++program, ex, with different options set: ex itself, vi, and edit.] ++ ++Section 44.16: {optimize, opt} default: optimize ++ ++Throughput of text is expedited by setting the terminal to not do automatic ++carriage returns when printing more than one (logical) line of output, greatly ++speeding output on terminals without addressable cursors when text with leading ++white space is printed. ++ ++[Author's note: I still don't know what this option does.] ++ ++Section 44.17: {paragraphs, para} default: para=IPLPPPQPP LIbp ++ ++Specifies the paragraphs for the [{] and [}] operations in open and visual. ++The pairs of characters in the option's value are the names of the nroff macros ++which start paragraphs. ++ ++Section 44.18: {prompt} default: prompt ++ ++Command mode input is prompted for with a `:'. ++ ++[Author's note: Doesn't seem to have any effect on vi.] ++ ++Section 44.19: {readonly}, {ro} default: noro, unless invoked with -R ++ or insufficient privileges on file ++ ++This option allows you to guarantee that you won't clobber your file by ++accident. You can set the option and writes will fail unless you use an `!' ++after the write. Commands such as {x}, {ZZ}, the autowrite option, and in ++general anything that writes is affected. This option is turned on if you ++invoke the editor with the -R flag. ++ ++Section 44.20: {redraw} default: noredraw ++ ++The editor simulates (using great amounts of output), an intelligent terminal ++on a dumb terminal (e.g. during insertions in visual the characters to the ++right of the cursor position are refreshed as each input character is typed). ++Useful only at very high baud rates, and should be used only if the system is ++not heavily loaded: you will notice the performance degradation yourself. ++ ++Section 44.21: {remap} default: remap ++ ++If on, macros are repeatedly tried until they are unchanged. For example, if o ++is mapped to O, and O is mapped to I, then if remap is set, o will map to I, ++but if noremap is set, it will map to O . ++ ++Section 44.22: {report} default: report=5 for ex and vi, 2 for edit ++ ++Specifies a threshold for feedback from commands. Any command which modifies ++more than the specified number of lines will provide feedback as to the scope ++of its changes. For commands such as global, open, undo, and visual which have ++potentially more far reaching scope, the net change in the number of lines in ++the buffer is presented at the end of the command, subject to this same ++threshold. Thus notification is suppressed during a global command on the ++individual commands performed. ++ ++Section 44.23: {scroll} default: scroll=1/2 window ++ ++Determines the number of logical lines scrolled when a {^D} is received from a ++terminal in command mode, and determines the number of lines printed by a ++command mode z command (double the value of scroll). ++ ++[Author's note: Doesn't seem to affect {^D} and {z} in visual (vi) mode.] ++ ++Section 44.24: sections {sections} default: sections=SHNHH HU ++ ++Specifies the section macros from nroff for the {[[} and {]]} operations in ++open and visual. The pairs of characters in the options's value are the names ++of the macros which start paragraphs. ++ ++Section 44.25: {shell}, {sh} default: sh=/bin/sh ++ ++Gives the path name of the shell forked for the shell escape command `!', and ++by the shell command. The default is taken from SHELL in the environment, if ++present. ++ ++[Editor's note: I would suggest that you place the following line in ++your .login file: ++setenv SHELL '/bin/csh' ++] ++ ++Section 44.26: {shiftwidth}, {sw} default: sw=8 ++ ++Used in reverse tabbing with {^D} when using autoindent to append text, and ++used by the shift commands. Should probably be the same value as the tabstop ++option. ++ ++Section 44.27: {showmatch}, {sm} default: nosm ++ ++In open and visual mode, when a `)' or `}' is typed, if the matching `(' or `{' ++is on the screen, move the cursor to it for one second. Extremely useful with ++complicated nested expressions, or with lisp. ++ ++Section 44.28: {slowopen}, {slow} default: terminal dependent ++ ++Affects the display algorithm used in visual mode, holding off display updating ++during input of new text to improve throughput when the terminal in use is both ++slow and unintelligent. See "An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi" for ++more details. ++ ++Section 44.29: {tabstop}, {ts} default: ts=8 ++ ++The editor expands tabs ^I to tabstop boundaries in the display. ++ ++Section 44.30: {taglength}, {tl} default: tl=0 ++ ++Tags are not significant beyond this many characters. ++A value of zero (the default) means that all characters are significant. ++ ++Section 44.31: {tags} default: tags=tags /usr/lib/tags ++ ++A path of files to be used as tag files for the tag command. A requested tag ++is searched for in the specified files, sequentially. By default files called ++tags are searched for in the current directory and in /usr/lib (a master file ++for the entire system). ++ ++[Author's note: The author of this tutorial has never used this option, nor ++seen it used. I'm not even sure I know what they are talking about.] ++ ++Section 44.32: {term} default: from environment variable TERM ++ ++The terminal type of the output device. ++ ++Section 44.33: {terse} default: noterse ++ ++Shorter error diagnostics are produced for the experienced user. ++ ++Section 44.34: {timeout} default: timeout ++ ++Causes macros to time out after one second. Turn it off and they will ++wait forever. This is useful if you want multi-character macros, but if ++your terminal sends escape sequences for arrow keys, it will be ++necessary to hit escape twice to get a beep. ++ ++[Editor's note: Another paragraph which requires a cryptographer.] ++ ++Section 44.35: ttytype ++ ++[Editor's note: I have found no documentation for this option at all.] ++ ++Section 44.36: {warn} default: warn ++ ++Warn if there has been `[No write since last change]' before a `!' command ++escape. ++ ++Section 44.37: {window} default: window=speed dependent ++ ++The number of lines in a text window in the visual command. The default is 8 ++at slow speeds (600 baud or less), 16 at medium speed (1200 baud), and the full ++screen (minus one line) at higher speeds. ++ ++Section 44.38: {wrapscan}, {ws} default: ws ++ ++Searches using the regular expressions in addressing will wrap around past the ++end of the file. ++ ++Section 44.39: {wrapmargin}, {wm} default: wm=0 ++ ++Defines a margin for automatic wrapover of text during input in open and visual ++modes. The numeric value is the number of columns from the right edge of the ++screen around which vi looks for a convenient place to insert a new-line ++character (wm=0 is OFF). This is very convenient for touch typists. ++Wrapmargin behaves much like fill/nojustify mode does in nroff. ++ ++Section 44.40: {writeany}, {wa} default: nowa ++ ++Inhibit the checks normally made before write commands, allowing a write to any ++file which the system protection mechanism will allow. ++ ++Section 44.41: {w300}, {w1200}, {w9600} defaults: w300=8 ++ w1200=16 ++ w9600=full screen minus one ++ ++These are not true options but set the default size of the window for when the ++speed is slow (300), medium (1200), or high (9600), respectively. They are ++suitable for an EXINIT and make it easy to change the 8/16/full screen rule. ++ ++Section 45: Limitations ++ ++Here are some editor limits that the user is likely to encounter: ++ 1024 characters per line ++ 256 characters per global command list ++ 128 characters per file name ++ 128 characters in the previous inserted and deleted text in open or ++ visual ++ 100 characters in a shell escape command ++ 63 characters in a string valued option ++ 30 characters in a tag name ++ 250000 lines in the file (this is silently enforced). ++ ++The visual implementation limits the number of macros defined with map to 32, ++and the total number of characters in macros to be less than 512. ++ ++[Editor's note: these limits may not apply to versions after 4.1BSD.] +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.orig/nvi-1.79/docs/tutorial/vi.beginner nvi-1.81.6/nvi-1.79/docs/tutorial/vi.beginner +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/nvi-1.79/docs/tutorial/vi.beginner 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/nvi-1.79/docs/tutorial/vi.beginner 2008-06-22 20:35:35.000000000 +0200 +@@ -0,0 +1,741 @@ ++Section 1: {^F} {ZZ} ++ ++To get out of this tutorial, type: ZZ (two capital Z's). ++ ++Learning a new computer system implies learning a new text editor. These ++tutorial lessons were created by Dain Samples to help you come to grips with ++UC Berkeley's screen oriented editor called vi (for VIsual). This tutorial ++uses the vi editor itself as the means of presentation. ++ ++For best use of this tutorial, read all of a screen before performing any of ++the indicated actions. This tutorial (or, at least, the first half of it) has ++been designed to systematically present the vi commands IF THE INSTRUCTIONS ++ARE FOLLOWED! If you are too adventuresome, you may find yourself lost. If ++you ever find yourself stuck, remember the first line of this section. ++ ++OK, now find the control key on your keyboard; it usually has CTL or CTRL ++written on its upper surface. Your first assignment is to hold the control ++key down while you press the 'F' key on your keyboard. Please do so now. ++ ++ ++ ++Section 2: {^F} {^B} ++Many of vi's commands use the control key and some other key in combination, ++as with the control and the 'F' key above. This is abbreviated CTL-F, or ^F. ++ ++As you have probably guessed by now, ^F (CTL-F) moves you forward a fixed ++number of lines in the file. Throughout the remainder of the tutorial when ++you are ready to advance to the next section of text, hit ^F. ++ ++The opposite command is ^B. Just for fun, you might want to try a ^B to see ++the previous section again. Be sure to do a ^F to return you here. ++ ++Determine what the cursor looks like on your screen. Whatever it is (a box, ++an underscore, blinking, flashing, inverse, etc.) it should now be positioned ++in the upper left-hand corner of your screen under or on the S of Section. ++Become familiar with your cursor: to use vi correctly it is important to ++always know where the cursor is. ++ ++Did you notice that when you do a ^F the cursor is left at the top of the ++screen, and a ^B leaves the cursor near the bottom of the screen? Try the two ++commands ^B^F again. And now do another ^F to see the next section. ++ ++Section 3: {^F} {^B} ++You now have two basic commands for examining a file, both forwards (^F) and ++backwards (^B). ++ ++Note that these are vi text editing commands: they are not commands for the ++tutorial. Indeed, this tutorial is nothing but a text file which you are now ++editing. Everything you do and learn in this tutorial will be applicable to ++editing text files. ++ ++Therefore, when you are editing a file and are ready to see more of the text, ++entering ^F will get you to the next section of the file. Entering ^B will ++show you the previous section. ++ ++Time for you to do another ^F. ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++Section 4: {^F} {^B} {^M} (return key) ++We will adopt the notation of putting commands in curly braces so we can write ++them unambiguously. For example, if you are to type the command sequence ++"control B control F" (as we asked you to do above) it would appear as {^B^F}. ++This allows clear delineation of the command strings from the text. Remember ++that the curly braces are NOT part of the command string you are to type. Do ++NOT type the curly braces. ++ ++Sometimes, the command string in the curly braces will be rather long, and may ++be such that the first couple of characters of the command will erase from ++the screen the string you are trying to read and type. It is suggested that ++you write down the longer commands BEFORE you type them so you won't forget ++them once they disappear. ++ ++Now locate the return key on your keyboard: it is usually marked 'RETURN', ++indicate hitting the return key. In fact, the control-M key sequence is ++exactly the same as if you hit the return key, and vice versa. ++ ++Now type {^F}. ++ ++ ++Section 5: {:q!} {ZZ} {^M} (return key) ++Recognize that this tutorial is nothing more than a text file that you ++are editing. This means that if you do something wrong, it is possible ++for you to destroy the information in this file. Don't worry. If this ++happens, type {ZZ} (two capital Z's) or {:q!^M} to leave the tutorial. ++Restart the tutorial. Once in the tutorial, you can then page forward ++with {^F} until you are back to where you want to be. (There are ++easier ways to do this, some of which will be discussed later, but this ++is the most straightforward.) ++ ++You may want to write these commands down in a convenient place for quick ++reference: {:q!^M} and {ZZ} ++ ++We will assume that you now know to do a {^F} to advance the file ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++Section 6: {m} {G} {'} {z} ++Now that you know how to get around in the file via ^F and ^B let's look at ++other ways of examining a text file. Sometimes it is necessary, in the midst ++of editing a file, to examine another part of the file. You are then faced ++with the problem of remembering your place in the file, looking at the other ++text, and then getting back to your original location. Vi has a 'mark' ++command, m. Type {mp}. You have just 'marked' your current location in the ++file and given it the name 'p'. The command string below will do three ++things: position you at the beginning of the file (line 1), then return you to ++the location 'p' that you just marked with the 'm' command, and, since the ++screen will not look exactly the same as it does right now, the 'z' command ++will reposition the screen. (You may want to write the string down before ++typing it: once you type {1G} it will no longer be on the screen.) ++ ++So now type {1G'pz^M} - a one followed by a capital G, followed by the quote ++mark, followed by a lower case 'p', then a lower case 'z', then a return ++(which is the same as a ^M). The {1G} moves you to line 1, i.e. the beginning ++of the file. The {'p} moves you to the location you marked with {mp}. The ++{z^M} command will repaint the screen putting the cursor at the top of the ++screen. (Now {^F}.) ++ ++Section 7: {m} {G} {'} {z} ++Let's look at some variations on those commands. If you wanted to look at ++line 22 in the file and return to this location you could type {mp22G'p}. Do ++so now, observing that {22G} puts your cursor at the beginning of section 2 in ++the middle of the screen. ++ ++Also note that, without the {z^M} command, the line with 'Section 7' on it is ++now in the MIDDLE of the screen, and not at the top. Our cursor is on the ++correct line (where we did the {mp} command) but the line is not where we ++might like it to be on the screen. That is the function of the {z^M} command. ++(Remember, ^M is the same as the 'return' key on your keyboard.) Type {z^M} ++now and observe the effect. ++ ++As you can see, the 'Section 7' line is now at the top of the screen with the ++cursor happily under the capital S. If you would like the cursor line (i.e. ++the line which the cursor is on) in the middle of the screen again, you would ++type {z.}. If you wanted the cursor line to be at the BOTTOM of the screen, ++type {z-}. Try typing {z-z.z^M} and watch what happens. ++ ++{^F} ++ ++Section 8: {z} {m} {'} ++ ++Note that the z command does not change the position of our cursor in the file ++itself, it simply moves the cursor around on the screen by moving the contents ++of the file around on the screen. The cursor stays on the same line of the ++file when using the z command. ++ ++This brings up an important point. There are two questions that the users of ++vi continually need to know the answer to: "Where am I in the file?" and ++"Where am I on the screen?" The cursor on your terminal shows the answer to ++both questions. Some commands will move you around in the file, usually ++changing the location of the cursor on the screen as well. Other commands ++move the cursor around on the screen without changing your location in the ++file. ++ ++Now type {ma}. Your location in the file has been given the name 'a'. If you ++type {'p'a} you will see the previous location we marked in section 7, and ++then will be returned to the current location. (You will want to do a {z^M} ++to repaint the screen afterwards.) Try it. ++{^F} ++ ++Section 9: {m} {''} ++Now we can move about in our file pretty freely. By using the {m} command we ++can give the current cursor position a lower-case-character name, like 'p', ++'a', 'e', 'm', or 'b'. Using the {G} command preceded by a line number we can ++look at any line in the file we like. Using the single quote command {'} ++followed by a character used in an {m} command, we can return to any location ++in the file we have marked. ++ ++However, try {m3}, or {mM}. You should hear a beep, or bell. Only lower-case ++letters are acceptable to the {m} and {'} commands: numbers, upper-case ++letters, and special characters are not acceptable. ++ ++If you type the {'} command with a character that is lower-case alphabetic but ++that has not been used in an {m} command, or for which the 'marked' text has ++been deleted, you will also get a beep. Try {'i}. You should get a beep ++because the command {mi} has never been issued. (Unless you've been ++experimenting.) ++ ++The command {''} attempts to return you to the location at which you last ++modified some part of your file. However, my experience has been that it is ++difficult to predict exactly where you will end up. ++Section 10: {^M} {-} ++Now do {ma}, marking your position at the top of the screen. Now hit {^M} (or ++return) until the cursor is right ... ++* <- here, over/under the asterisk. Now ++type {mb'a'b} and watch the cursor move from the asterisk to the top of the ++screen and back again. ++ ++The {^M} command moves the cursor to the beginning of the next line. Now type ++{^M} until the cursor is right ... ++* <- here. The command to move the cursor to the beginning of the ++previous line is {-}. Practice moving the cursor around on the screen by using ++{^M} and {-}. BE CAREFUL to not move the cursor OFF the screen just yet. If ++you do, type {'az^M}. ++ ++Now we can move to any line within the screen. Practice moving around in the ++file using the {^F}, {^B}, {-}, {^M}, {z}, and {'} commands. When you are ++fairly confident that you can get to where you need to be in the file, and ++position the cursor on the screen where you want it type {'az^M^F} (which, of ++course, moves you back to the beginning of this section, repositions the ++cursor at the top of the screen, and advances you to the next section). ++ ++Section 11: scrolling: {^M} ++The cursor should now be on the S of 'Section 11', and this should be on the ++first line of the screen. If it is not, do {^M} or {-} as appropriate to put ++the cursor on the section line, and type {z^M}. ++ ++Type {mc} to mark your place. ++ ++Now type {^M} until the cursor is on the last line of this screen. Now do one ++more {^M} and observe the result. This is called scrolling. When you ++attempted to move to a line not displayed on the screen, the line at the top of ++the screen was 'scrolled off', and a line at the bottom of the screen was ++'scrolled on'. The top line with 'Section 11' should no longer be visible. ++ ++Now type {'cz^M} to reset the screen and type {^F} for the next section. ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++Section 12: {-} {z} ++ ++The {-} command moves the cursor to the previous line in the file. Now type ++{-}, which attempts to move the cursor to the previous line in this file. ++However, that line is not on the screen. The resulting action will depend on ++your terminal. (Do a {^Mz^M} to reposition the file). On intelligent ++terminals (e.g. VT100s, Z19s, Concept 100s), a top line is 'scrolled on' and ++the bottom line is 'scrolled off'. Other terminals, however, may not have ++this 'reverse scrolling' feature. They will simply repaint the screen with ++the cursor line in the middle of the screen. On such terminals it is ++necessary to type {z^M} to get the cursor line back to the top of the screen. ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++Section 13: ++Up until this point, the tutorial has always tried to make sure that the first ++line of each screen has on it the section number and a list of the commands ++covered in that section. This will no longer be strictly maintained. If you ++want the section line at the top of the screen, you now know enough commands to ++do it easily: do {^M} or {-} until the cursor is on the section line and ++then {z^M}. Also, from this point on, it may not be the case that a {^F} will ++put you at the beginning of the next section. Therefore, be aware of where you ++are in the file as we look at other commands. You may have to find your way ++back to a particular section without any help from the tutorial. If you do not ++feel comfortable with this, then it is suggested that you practice moving from ++section 1 to section 13, back and forth, using {^M}, {-}, {^F}, and {^B} ++commands for a while. ++ ++Also make liberal use of the mark command {m}: if, for example, you make a ++habit of using {mz} to mark your current location in the file, then you will ++always be able to return to that location with {'z} if the editor does ++something strange and you have no idea where you are or what happened. ++ ++And finally, the proscription against experimentation is hereby lifted: play ++with the editor. Feel free to try out variations on the commands and move ++around in the file. By this time you should be able to recover from any gross ++errors. ++ ++Section 14: {^E} {^Y} {^D} {^U} ++Let us now look at a few other commands for moving around in the file, and ++moving the file around on the screen. Note that the commands we have already ++looked at are sufficient: you really don't need any more commands for looking ++in a file. The following commands are not absolutely necessary. However, ++they can make editing more convenient, and you should take note of their ++existence. But it would be perfectly valid to decide to ignore them on this ++first pass: you can learn them later when you see a need for them, if you ever ++do. ++ ++First, let's clear up some potentially confusing language. In at least one ++place in the official document ('An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi' ++by William Joy, and Mark Horton, September 1980), the expression "to scroll ++down text" means that the cursor is moved down in your file. However, note ++that this may result in the text on the screen moving UP. This use of the ++word 'scroll' refers to the action of the cursor within the file. However, ++another legitimate use of the word refers to the action of the text on the ++screen. That is, if the lines on your screen move up toward the top of the ++screen, this would be 'scrolling the screen up'. If the lines move down ++toward the bottom of the screen, this would be refered to as scrolling down. ++ ++I have tried to maintain the following jargon: 'scrolling' refers to what the ++text does on the screen, not to what the cursor does within the file. For the ++latter I will refer to the cursor 'moving', or to 'moving the cursor'. I ++realize that this is not necessarily consistent with Joy and Horton, but they ++were wrong. ++ ++{^E} scrolls the whole screen up one line, keeping the cursor on the same line, ++if possible. However, if the cursor line is the first line on the screen, then ++the cursor is moved to the next line in the file. Try typing {^E}. ++ ++{^Y} scrolls the screen down one line, keeping the cursor on the same line, if ++possible. However, if the cursor line is the last line on the screen, then the ++cursor is moved to the previous line in the file. Try it. ++ ++{^D} moves the cursor down into the file, scrolling the screen up. ++ ++{^U} moves the cursor up into the file, also scrolling the screen if the ++terminal you are on has the reverse scroll capability. Otherwise the ++screen is repainted. ++ ++Note that {^E} and {^Y} move the cursor on the screen while trying to keep the ++cursor at the same place in the file (if possible: however, the cursor can ++never move off screen), while {^D} and {^U} keep the cursor at the same place ++on the screen while moving the cursor within the file. ++ ++Section 15: {/ .. /^M} ++ ++Another way to position yourself in the file is by giving the editor a string ++to search for. Type the following: {/Here 1/^M} and the cursor should end up ++right ...........................here ^. Now type {/Section 15:/^M} and the ++cursor will end up over/on .....................here ^. Now type {//^M} and ++observe that the cursor is now over the capital S five lines above this line. ++Typing {//^M} several more times will bounce the cursor back and forth between ++the two occurrences of the string. In other words, when you type a string ++between the two slashes, it is searched for. Typing the slashes with nothing ++between them acts as if you had typed the previous string again. ++ ++Observe that the string you type between the two slashes is entered on the ++bottom line of the screen. Now type {/Search for x /^M} except replace the 'x' ++in the string with some other character, say 'b'. The message "Pattern not ++found" should appear on the bottom of the screen. If you hadn't replaced the ++'x', then you would have found the string. Try it. ++ ++Section 16: {? .. ?^M} {n} (search strings: ^ $) ++ ++When you surround the sought-for string with slashes as in {/Search/}, the ++file is searched beginning from your current position in the file. If the ++string is not found by the end of the file, searching is restarted at the ++beginning of the file. However, if you do want the search to find the ++PREVIOUS rather than the NEXT occurrence of the string, surround the string ++with question marks instead of slash marks. ++ ++Below are several occurrences of the same string. ++Here 2 Here 2 Here 2 ++ Here 2 Here 2. ++Observe the effect of the following search commands (try them in the ++sequence shown): ++{/Here 2/^M} {//^M} {??^M} ++{/^Here 2/^M} {//^M} {??^M} ++{/Here 2$/^M} {//^M} {??^M} ++ ++The first command looks for the next occurrence of the string 'Here 2'. ++However the second line of commands looks for an occurrence of 'Here 2' that ++is at the beginning of the line. When the up-arrow is the first character of ++a search string it stands for the beginning of the line. When the dollar-sign ++is the last character of the search string it stands for the end of the line. ++Therefore, the third line of commands searches for the string only when it is ++at the end of the line. Since there is only one place the string begins a ++line, and only one place the string ends the line, subsequent {//^M} and ++{??^M} will find those same strings over and over. ++ ++The {n} command will find the next occurrence of the / or ? search ++string. Try {/Here 2/^M} followed by several {n} and observe the ++effect. Then try {??^M} followed by several {n}. The {n} command ++remembers the direction of the last search. It is just a way to save a ++few keystrokes. ++ ++Section 17: \ and magic-characters in search strings ++ ++Now type {/Here 3$/^M}. You might expect the cursor to end up ++right......^ here. However, you will get "Pattern not found" at the bottom of ++the screen. Remember that the dollar-sign stands for the end of the line. ++Somehow, you must tell vi that you do not want the end of the line, but a ++dollar-sign. In other words, you must take away the special meaning that the ++dollar-sign has for the search mechanism. You do this (for any special ++character, including the up-arrow ^) by putting a back-slash ('\', not '/') in ++front of the character. ++ ++Now try {/Here 3\$/^M} and you should end up nine lines above this one. Try ++{//^M} and note that it returns you to the same place, and not to the first ++line of this paragraph: the back-slash character is not part of the search ++string and will not be found. To find the string in the first line of this ++paragraph, type {/Here 3\\\$/^M}. There are three back-slashes: the first takes ++away the special meaning from the second, and the third takes away the special ++meaning from the dollar-sign. ++ ++Following is a list of the characters that have special meanings in search ++strings. If you wish to find a string containing one of these characters, you ++will have to be precede the character with a backslash. These characters are ++called magic characters because of the fun and games you can have with them ++and they can have with you, if you aren't aware of what they do. ++ ++ ^ - (up-arrow) beginning of a line ++ $ - (dollar-sign) end of a line ++ . - (period) matches any character ++ \ - (backslant) the escape character itself ++ [ - (square bracket) for finding patterns (see section #SEARCH) ++ ] - (square bracket) ditto ++ * - (asterisk) ditto ++ ++Without trying to explain it here, note that {:set nomagic^M} turns off the ++special meanings of all but the ^ up-arrow, $ dollar-sign, and backslash ++characters. ++ ++Section 18: {: (colon commands)} {ZZ} ++ ++In this section we will discuss getting into and out of the editor in more ++detail. If you are editing a file and wish to save the results the command ++sequence {:w^M} writes the current contents of the file out to disk, using the ++file name you used when you invoked the editor. That is, if you are at the ++command level in Unix, and you invoke vi with {vi foo} where foo is the name ++of the file you wish to edit, then foo is the name of the file used by the ++{:w^M} command. ++ ++If you are done, the write and quit commands can be combined into a single ++command {:wq^M}. An even simpler way is the command {ZZ} (two capital Z's). ++ ++If, for some reason, you wish to exit without saving any changes you have made, ++{:q!^M} does the trick. If you have not made any changes, the exclamation ++point is not necessary: {:q^M}. Vi is pretty good about not letting you ++get out without warning you that you haven't saved your file. ++ ++We have mentioned before that you are currently in the vi editor, editing a ++file. If you wish to start the tutorial over from the very beginning, you ++could {ZZ}, and then type {vi.tut beginner} in response to the Unix prompt. ++This will create a fresh copy of this file for you, which might be necessary ++if you accidentally destroyed the copy you were working with. Just do a ++search for the last section you were in: e.g. {/Section 18:/^Mz^M}. ++ ++Section 19: {H} {M} {L} ++ ++Here are a few more commands that will move you around on the screen. Again, ++they are not absolutely necessary, but they can make screen positioning easier: ++ ++{H} - puts the cursor at the top of the screen (the 'home' position) ++ ++{M} - puts the cursor in the middle of the screen ++ ++{L} - puts the cursor at the bottom of the screen. ++ ++Try typing {HML} and watch the cursor. ++ ++Try typing {5HM5L} and note that 5H puts you five lines from the top of the ++screen, and 5L puts you five lines from the bottom of the screen. ++ ++Section 20: {w} {b} {0} {W} {B} {e} {E} {'} {`} ++ ++Up to this point we have concentrated on positioning in the file, and ++positioning on the screen. Now let's look at positioning in a line. Put the ++cursor at the beginning of the following line and type {z^M}: ++ ++This is a test line: your cursor should initially be at its beginning. ++ ++The test line should now be at the top of your screen. Type {w} several times. ++Note that it moves you forward to the beginning of the next word. Now type ++{b} (back to the beginning of the word) several times till you are at the ++beginning of the line. (If you accidentally type too many {b}, type {w} until ++you are on the beginning of the line again.) Type {wwwww} (five w's) and note ++that the cursor is now on the colon in the sentence. The lower-case w command ++moves you forward one word, paying attention to certain characters such as ++colon and period as delimiters and counting them as words themselves. Now ++type {0} (zero, not o 'oh'): this moves you to the beginning of the current ++line. Now type {5w} and notice that this has the effect of repeating {w} five ++times and that you are now back on the colon. Type {0} (zero) again. To ++ignore the delimiters and to move to the beginning of the next word using only ++blanks, tabs and carriage-returns (these are called white-space characters) to ++delimit the words, use the {W} command: upper-case W. {B} takes you back a ++word using white-space characters as word delimiters. ++ ++Note that the commands {wbWB} do not stop at the beginning or end of a line: ++they will continue to the next word on the next line in the direction specified ++(a blank line counts as a word). ++ ++If you are interested in the END of the word, and not the BEGINNING, then use ++the {e} and {E} commands. These commands only move forward and there are no ++corresponding 'reverse search' commands for the end of a word. ++ ++Also, we have been using the {'} command to move the cursor to a position that ++we have previously marked with the {m} command. However, position the cursor ++in the middle of a line (any line, just pick one) and type {mk}, marking that ++position with the letter k. Now type a few returns {^M} and type {'k}. ++Observe that the cursor is now at the beginning of the line that you marked. ++Now try {`k}: note that this is the reverse apostrophe, or back-quote, or grave ++accent, or whatever you want to call it. Also note that it moves you to the ++character that was marked, not just to the line that was marked. ++ ++In addition, the {``} command works just like the {''} command except that you ++are taken to the exact character, not just to the line. (I'm still not ++sure which exact character, just as I'm still not sure which line.) ++ ++Section 21: {l} {k} {j} {h} ++ ++There are several commands to move around on the screen on a character by ++character basis: ++ ++l - moves the cursor one character to the RIGHT ++k - moves the cursor UP one line ++j - moves the cursor DOWN one line ++h - moves the cursor one character to the LEFT ++ ++Section 22: {i} {a} {I} {A} {o} {O} ^[ (escape key) ++ ++For this and following sections you will need to use the ESCAPE key on your ++terminal. It is usually marked ESC. Since the escape key is the same as ++typing {^[} we will use ^[ for the escape key. ++ ++Probably the most often used command in an editor is the insert command. Below ++are two lines of text, the first correct, the second incorrect. Position your ++cursor at the beginning of Line 1 and type {z^M}. ++ ++Line 1: This is an example of the insert command. ++Line 2: This is an of the insert command. ++ ++To make line 2 look like line 1, we are going to insert the characters ++'example ' before the word 'of'. So, now move the cursor so that it is ++positioned on the 'o' of 'of'. (You can do this by typing {^M} to move ++to the beginning of line 2, followed by {6w} or {wwwwww} to position the cursor ++on the word 'of'.) ++ ++Now carefully type the following string and observe the effects: ++ {iexample ^[} (remember: ^[ is the escape key)} ++The {i} begins the insert mode, and 'example ' is inserted into the line: ++be sure to notice the blank in 'example '. The ^[ ends insertion mode, ++and the line is updated to include the new string. Line 1 should look exactly ++like Line 2. ++ ++Move the cursor to the beginning of Line 3 below and type {z^M}: ++ ++Line 3: These lines are examples for the 'a' command. ++Line 4: These line are examples for the ' ++ ++We will change line four to look like line three by using the append command. ++We need to append an 's' to the word 'line'. Position the cursor on the 'e' ++of 'line'. You can do this in several ways, one way is the following: ++First, type {/line /^M}. This puts us on the word 'line' in Line 4 ++(the blank in the search string is important!). Next, type {e}. The 'e' puts ++us at the end of the word. Now, type {as^[ (^[ is the escape character)}. ++The 'a' puts us in insert mode, AFTER the current character. We appended the ++'s', and the escape ^[ ended the insert mode. ++ ++The difference between {i} (insert) and {a} (append) is that {i} begins ++inserting text BEFORE the cursor, and {a} begins inserting AFTER the cursor. ++ ++Now type {Aa' command.^[}. The cursor is moved to the end of the line and the ++string following {A} is inserted into the text. Line 4 should now look like ++line 3. ++ ++Just as {A} moves you to the end of the line to begin inserting, {I} would ++begin inserting at the FRONT of the line. ++ ++To begin the insertion of a line after the cursor line, type {o}. To insert a ++line before the cursor line, type {O}. In other words {o123^[} is equivalent ++to {A^M123^[}, and {O123^[} is equivalent to {I123^M^[}. The text after the ++{o} or {O} is ended with an escape ^[. ++ ++This paragraph contains information that is terminal dependent: you will just ++have to experiment to discover what your terminal does. Once in the insert ++mode, if you make a mistake in the typing, ^H will delete the previous ++character up to the beginning of the current insertion. ^W will delete the ++previous word, and one of ^U, @, or ^X will delete the current line (up to the ++beginning of the current insertion). You will need to experiment with ^U, @, ++and ^X to determine which works for your terminal. ++ ++Section 23: {f} {x} {X} {w} {l} {r} {R} {s} {S} {J} ++ ++Position the cursor at the beginning of line 5 and {z^M}: ++ ++Line 5: The line as it should be. ++Line 6: The line as it shouldn't be. ++ ++To make Line 6 like Line 5, we have to delete the 'n', the apostrophe, and the ++'t'. There are several ways to position ourselves at the 'n'. Choose ++whichever one suits your fancy: ++ ++{/n't/^M} ++{^M7w6l} or {^M7w6 } (note the space) ++{^M3fn} (finds the 3rd 'n' on the line) ++ ++Now {xxx} will delete the three characters, as will {3x}. ++ ++Note that {X} deletes the character just BEFORE the cursor, as opposed ++to the character AT the cursor. ++ ++Position the cursor at line 7 and {z^M}: ++ ++Line 7: The line as it would be. ++Line 8: The line as it could be. ++ ++To change line 8 into line 7 we need to change the 'c' in 'could' into a 'w'. ++The 'r' (replace) command was designed for this. Typing {rc} is the same as ++typing {xic^[} (i.e. delete the 'bad' character and insert the correct ++new character). Therefore, assuming that you have positioned the cursor on the ++'c' of 'could', the easiest way to change 'could' into 'would' is {rw}. ++ ++If you would like to now change the 'would' into 'should', use the substitute ++command, 's': {ssh^[}. The difference between 'r' and 's' is that 'r' ++(replace) replaces the current character with another character, while 's' ++(substitute) substitutes the current character with a string, ended with an ++escape. ++ ++The capital letter version of replace {R} replaces each character by a ++character one at a time until you type an escape, ^[. The 'S' command ++substitutes the whole line. ++ ++Position your cursor at the beginning of line 9 and {z^M}. ++ ++Line 9: Love is a many splendored thing. ++Line 10: Love is a most splendored thing. ++ ++To change line 10 into line 9, position the cursor at the beginning of 'most', ++and type {Rmany^[}. ++ ++You may have noticed that, when inserting text, a new line is formed by typing ++{^M}. When changing, replacing, or substituting text you can make a new line ++by typing {^M}. However, neither {x} nor {X} will remove ^M to make two lines ++into one line. To do this, position the cursor on the first of the two lines ++you wish to make into a single line and type {J} (uppercase J for 'Join'). ++ ++Section 24: {u} {U} ++ ++Finally, before we review, let's look at the undo command. Position ++your cursor on line 11 below and {z^M}. ++ ++Line 11: The quick brown fox jumped over the lazy hound dog. ++Line 12: the qwick black dog dumped over the laxy poune fox. ++ ++Type the following set of commands, and observe carefully the effect of each ++of the commands: ++ ++{/^Line 12:/^M} {ft} {rT} {fw} {ru} {w} {Rbrown fox^[} {w} {rj} ++{fx} {rz} {w} {Rhound dog^[} ++ ++Line 12 now matches line 11. Now type {U} - capital 'U'. And line 12 now ++looks like it did before you typed in the command strings. Now type: ++ ++{ft} {rT} {fw} {ru} {^M} {^M} ++ ++and then type {u}: the cursor jumps back to the line containing the second ++change you made and 'undoes' it. That is, {U} 'undoes' all the changes on the ++line, and {u} 'undoes' only the last change. Type {u} several times and ++observe what happens: {u} can undo a previous {u}! ++ ++Caveat: {U} only works as long as the cursor is still on the line. Move the ++cursor off the line and {U} will have no effect, except to possibly beep at ++you. However, {u} will undo the last change, no matter where it occurred. ++ ++Section 25: review ++ ++At this point, you have all the commands you need in order to make use of vi. ++The remainder of this tutorial will discuss variations on these commands as ++well as introduce new commands that make the job of editing more efficient. ++Here is a brief review of the basic commands we have covered. They are listed ++in the order of increasing complexity and/or decreasing necessity (to say that ++a command is less necessary is not to say that it is less useful!). These ++commands allow you to comfortably edit any text file. There are other ++commands that will make life easier but will require extra time to learn, ++obviously. You may want to consider setting this tutorial aside for several ++weeks and returning to it later after gaining experience with vi and getting ++comfortable with it. The convenience of some of the more exotic commands may ++then be apparent and worth the extra investment of time and effort ++required to master them. ++ ++to get into the editor from Unix: {vi filename} ++to exit the editor ++ saving all changes {ZZ} or {:wq^M} ++ throwing away all changes {:q!^M} ++ when no changes have been made {:q^M} ++save a file without exiting the editor {:w^M} ++write the file into another file {:w filename^M} ++insert text ++ before the cursor {i ...text... ^[} ++ at the beginning of the line {I ...text... ^[} ++ after the cursor (append) {a ...text... ^[} ++ at the end of the line {A ...text... ^[} ++ after the current line {o ...text... ^[} ++ before the current line {O ...text... ^[} ++delete the character ... ++ under the cursor {x} ++ to the left of the cursor {X} ++delete n characters {nx} or {nX} (for n a number) ++make two lines into one line (Join) {J} ++find a string in the file ... ++ searching forward {/ ...string... /^M} ++ searching backwards {? ...string... ?^M} ++repeat the last search command {n} ++repeat the last search command in the ++ opposite direction {N} ++find the character c on this line ... ++ searching forward {fc} ++ searching backward {Fc} ++repeat the last 'find character' command {;} ++replace a character with character x {rx} ++substitute a single character with text {s ...text... ^[} ++substitute n characters with text {ns ...text... ^[} ++replace characters one-by-one with text {R ...text... ^[} ++undo all changes to the current line {U} ++undo the last single change {u} ++move forward in the file a "screenful" {^F} ++move back in the file a "screenful" {^B} ++move forward in the file one line {^M} or {+} ++move backward in the file one line {-} ++move to the beginning of the line {0} ++move to the end of the line {$} ++move forward one word {w} ++move forward one word, ignoring punctuation {W} ++move forward to the end of the next word {e} ++to the end of the word, ignoring punctuation{E} ++move backward one word {b} ++move back one word, ignoring punctuation {B} ++return to the last line modified {''} ++scroll a line onto the top of the screen {^Y} ++scroll a line onto the bottom of the screen {^E} ++move "up" in the file a half-screen {^U} ++move "down" in the file a half-screen {^D} ++move the cursor to the top screen line {H} ++move the cursor to the bottom screen line {L} ++move the cursor to the middle line {M} ++move LEFT one character position {h} or {^H} ++move RIGHT one character position {l} or { } ++move UP in the same column {k} or {^P} ++move DOWN in the same column {j} or {^N} ++mark the current position, name it x {mx} ++move to the line marked/named x {'x} ++move to the character position named x {`x} ++move to the beginning of the file {1G} ++move to the end of the file {G} ++move to line 23 in the file {23G} ++repaint the screen with the cursor line ++ at the top of the screen {z^M} ++ in the middle of the screen {z.} ++ at the bottom of the screen {z-} ++ ++More information on vi can be found in the file vi.advanced, which you can ++peruse at your leisure. From UNIX, type {vi.tut advanced^M}. diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-03-db4.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-03-db4.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dcf2feb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-03-db4.patch @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 03db4.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: libdb4 compatibility adjustments. + +@DPATCH@ +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/msg.c 2009-02-26 14:26:58.350336128 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/common/msg.c 2009-02-26 14:29:05.235335829 +0100 +@@ -724,9 +724,18 @@ + p = buf; + } else + p = file; ++ if (access(p, F_OK) != 0) { ++ if (first) { ++ first = 0; ++ return (1); ++ } ++ sp->db_error = ENOENT; ++ msgq_str(sp, M_DBERR, p, "%s"); ++ return (1); ++ } + if ((sp->db_error = db_create(&db, 0, 0)) != 0 || + (sp->db_error = db->set_re_source(db, p)) != 0 || +- (sp->db_error = db_open(db, NULL, DB_RECNO, 0, 0)) != 0) { ++ (sp->db_error = db_open(db, NULL, DB_RECNO, DB_CREATE, 0)) != 0) { + if (first) { + first = 0; + return (1); diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-04-confdefs.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-04-confdefs.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..06b2aad6 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-04-confdefs.patch @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 04confdefs.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: Help configure by decreeing that some headers are present. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/build/confdefs.h nvi-1.81.6/build/confdefs.h +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/build/confdefs.h 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/build/confdefs.h 2008-05-01 18:05:00.000000000 +0200 +@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ ++ ++#define HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H 1 ++#define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1 diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-06-default_value_escapetime.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-06-default_value_escapetime.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1800c0c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-06-default_value_escapetime.patch @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 06default_value_escapetime.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: Increase the default 'escapetime' setting to accommodate slow lines. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/options.c nvi-1.81.6/common/options.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/options.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/common/options.c 2008-05-01 18:06:18.000000000 +0200 +@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ + (void)SPRINTF(b2, SIZE(b2), + L("directory=%s"), (s = getenv("TMPDIR")) == NULL ? _PATH_TMP : s); + OI(O_TMP_DIRECTORY, b2); +- OI(O_ESCAPETIME, L("escapetime=1")); ++ OI(O_ESCAPETIME, L("escapetime=3")); + OI(O_KEYTIME, L("keytime=6")); + OI(O_MATCHTIME, L("matchtime=7")); + (void)SPRINTF(b2, SIZE(b2), L("msgcat=%s"), _PATH_MSGCAT); diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-07-flush_cache.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-07-flush_cache.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0f06dbaf --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-07-flush_cache.patch @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 07flush_cache.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: No description. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/db1.c nvi-1.81.6/common/db1.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/db1.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/common/db1.c 2008-05-01 18:07:58.000000000 +0200 +@@ -262,8 +262,7 @@ + } + + /* Flush the cache, update line count, before screen update. */ +- if (lno <= ep->c_lno) +- ep->c_lno = OOBLNO; ++ ep->c_lno = OOBLNO; + if (ep->c_nlines != OOBLNO) + --ep->c_nlines; + +@@ -314,8 +313,7 @@ + } + + /* Flush the cache, update line count, before screen update. */ +- if (lno < ep->c_lno) +- ep->c_lno = OOBLNO; ++ ep->c_lno = OOBLNO; + if (ep->c_nlines != OOBLNO) + ++ep->c_nlines; + +@@ -386,8 +384,7 @@ + } + + /* Flush the cache, update line count, before screen update. */ +- if (lno >= ep->c_lno) +- ep->c_lno = OOBLNO; ++ ep->c_lno = OOBLNO; + if (ep->c_nlines != OOBLNO) + ++ep->c_nlines; + +@@ -459,8 +456,7 @@ + } + + /* Flush the cache, before logging or screen update. */ +- if (lno == ep->c_lno) +- ep->c_lno = OOBLNO; ++ ep->c_lno = OOBLNO; + + /* File now dirty. */ + if (F_ISSET(ep, F_FIRSTMODIFY)) diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-08-lfs.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-08-lfs.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ab85d9a --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-08-lfs.patch @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 08lfs.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: Insert a safety check to save large files from being overwritten. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/exf.c nvi-1.81.6/common/exf.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/exf.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/common/exf.c 2008-05-01 18:09:55.000000000 +0200 +@@ -157,6 +157,18 @@ + */ + if (file_spath(sp, frp, &sb, &exists)) + return (1); ++ /* ++ * On LFS systems, it's possible that stat returned an error because ++ * the file is >2GB, which nvi would normally treat as "doesn't exist" ++ * and eventually overwrite. That's no good. Rather than mess with ++ * every stat() call in file_spath, we'll just check again here. ++ */ ++ if (!exists && stat(frp->name, &sb)) { ++ if (errno == EOVERFLOW) { ++ msgq(sp, M_ERR, "File too large (>2GB, probably)"); ++ goto err; ++ } ++ } + + /* + * Check whether we already have this file opened in some diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-08-safe_printf.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-08-safe_printf.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e1cf838 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-08-safe_printf.patch @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 08safe_printf.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: No description. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/exf.c nvi-1.81.6/common/exf.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/exf.c 2008-05-01 18:10:20.000000000 +0200 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/common/exf.c 2008-05-01 18:10:30.000000000 +0200 +@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ + *--s = '.'; + } + } +- msgq(sp, M_INFO, s); ++ msgq(sp, M_INFO, "%s", s); + if (nf) + FREE_SPACE(sp, p, 0); + return (0); diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-08-tempfile_umask.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-08-tempfile_umask.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cebc90f --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-08-tempfile_umask.patch @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 08tempfile_umask.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: No description. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/exf.c nvi-1.81.6/common/exf.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/exf.c 2008-05-01 18:10:45.000000000 +0200 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/common/exf.c 2008-05-01 18:13:23.000000000 +0200 +@@ -207,16 +207,21 @@ + */ + oname = frp->name; + if (LF_ISSET(FS_OPENERR) || oname == NULL || !exists) { ++ mode_t orig_umask; + if (opts_empty(sp, O_TMP_DIRECTORY, 0)) + goto err; ++ orig_umask = umask(0); ++ umask(orig_umask & 0177); + (void)snprintf(tname, sizeof(tname), + "%s/vi.XXXXXX", O_STR(sp, O_TMP_DIRECTORY)); + if ((fd = mkstemp(tname)) == -1) { ++ umask(orig_umask); + msgq(sp, M_SYSERR, + "237|Unable to create temporary file"); + goto err; + } + (void)close(fd); ++ umask(orig_umask); + + if (frp->name == NULL) + F_SET(frp, FR_TMPFILE); diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-09-casting.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-09-casting.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e19ae71 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-09-casting.patch @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 09casting.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: No description. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/vi/v_ch.c nvi-1.81.6/vi/v_ch.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/vi/v_ch.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/vi/v_ch.c 2008-05-01 18:14:03.000000000 +0200 +@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ + endp = (startp = p) + len; + p += vp->m_start.cno; + for (cnt = F_ISSET(vp, VC_C1SET) ? vp->count : 1; cnt--;) { +- while (++p < endp && *p != key); ++ while (++p < endp && *p != (char) key); + if (p == endp) { + notfound(sp, key); + return (1); +@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ + endp = p - 1; + p += vp->m_start.cno; + for (cnt = F_ISSET(vp, VC_C1SET) ? vp->count : 1; cnt--;) { +- while (--p > endp && *p != key); ++ while (--p > endp && *p != (char) key); + if (p == endp) { + notfound(sp, key); + return (1); diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-10-no_one_line_visual.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-10-no_one_line_visual.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..17180910 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-10-no_one_line_visual.patch @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 10no_one_line_visual.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: Catch segfaults when the screen is only one line high. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/vi/vi.c nvi-1.81.6/vi/vi.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/vi/vi.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/vi/vi.c 2008-05-01 18:15:14.000000000 +0200 +@@ -974,6 +974,14 @@ + sp->rows = vip->srows = O_VAL(sp, O_LINES); + sp->cols = O_VAL(sp, O_COLUMNS); + sp->t_rows = sp->t_minrows = O_VAL(sp, O_WINDOW); ++ /* ++ * To avoid segfaults on terminals with only one line, ++ * catch this corner case now and die explicitly. ++ */ ++ if (sp->t_rows == 0) { ++ (void)fprintf(stderr, "Error: Screen too small for visual mode.\n"); ++ return 1; ++ } + if (sp->rows != 1) { + if (sp->t_rows > sp->rows - 1) { + sp->t_minrows = sp->t_rows = sp->rows - 1; diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-11-backward_sentence_moving.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-11-backward_sentence_moving.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a89aec6 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-11-backward_sentence_moving.patch @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 11backward_sentence_moving.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: No description. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/vi/v_sentence.c nvi-1.81.6/vi/v_sentence.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/vi/v_sentence.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/vi/v_sentence.c 2008-05-01 18:15:37.000000000 +0200 +@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ + * we can end up where we started. Fix it. + */ + if (vp->m_start.lno != cs.cs_lno || +- vp->m_start.cno != cs.cs_cno) ++ vp->m_start.cno > cs.cs_cno) + goto okret; + + /* diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-12-horiz_scroll_count.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-12-horiz_scroll_count.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aece3e00 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-12-horiz_scroll_count.patch @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 12horiz_scroll_count.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: No description. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/vi/vs_refresh.c nvi-1.81.6/vi/vs_refresh.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/vi/vs_refresh.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/vi/vs_refresh.c 2008-05-01 18:16:01.000000000 +0200 +@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ + * for the number option offset. + */ + cnt = vs_columns(sp, NULL, LNO, &CNO, NULL); +- if (O_ISSET(sp, O_NUMBER)) ++ if (O_ISSET(sp, O_NUMBER) && cnt) + cnt -= O_NUMBER_LENGTH; + + /* Adjust the window towards the beginning of the line. */ diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-13-widechar_horrors.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-13-widechar_horrors.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21cdb48d --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-13-widechar_horrors.patch @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 13widechar_horrors.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: This patch tries to cope with the fact that widechar support +## DP: in nvi is at best rudimentary. +## DP: Hunk 1) +## DP: * Due to "ch = *t", this code is not wide-char aware, so +## DP: cast the value to a proper type so the KEY_ macros make +## DP: the right choice. +## DP: Hunk 2) +## DP: * Printing of the in-/decreased number back into the screen +## DP: buffer is not widechar-aware, either. Add a dirty fix. +## DP: Cf. #497349. + +@DPATCH@ +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/vi/vs_msg.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/vi/vs_msg.c 2009-03-01 14:51:08.211414132 +0100 +@@ -472,10 +472,10 @@ + */ + if (ch == '\t') + ch = ' '; +- chlen = KEY_LEN(sp, ch); ++ chlen = KEY_LEN(sp, (unsigned char)ch); + if (cbp + chlen >= ecbp) + FLUSH; +- for (kp = KEY_NAME(sp, ch); chlen--;) ++ for (kp = KEY_NAME(sp, (unsigned char)ch); chlen--;) + *cbp++ = *kp++; + } + if (cbp > cbuf) +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/vi/v_increment.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/vi/v_increment.c 2009-03-01 15:12:50.950415874 +0100 +@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ + long change, ltmp, lval; + size_t beg, blen, end, len, nlen, wlen; + int base, isempty, rval; +- char *ntype, nbuf[100]; ++ char *ntype, nbuf[100 * sizeof(CHAR_T)]; + CHAR_T *bp, *p, *t; + + /* Validate the operator. */ +@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ + /* If we cross 0, signed numbers lose their sign. */ + if (lval == 0 && ntype == fmt[SDEC]) + ntype = fmt[DEC]; +- nlen = snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), ntype, lval); ++ nlen = snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf)/sizeof(CHAR_T), ntype, lval); + } else { + if ((nret = nget_uslong(sp, &ulval, t, NULL, base)) != NUM_OK) + goto err; +@@ -224,7 +224,15 @@ + if (base == 16) + wlen -= 2; + +- nlen = snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), ntype, wlen, ulval); ++ nlen = snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf)/sizeof(CHAR_T), ntype, wlen, ulval); ++ } ++ ++ /* Inflate the printed char buffer to CHAR_T elements if necessary */ ++ if (sizeof(CHAR_T) > sizeof(char)) { ++ int nlen_inflate; ++ for (nlen_inflate = nlen; nlen_inflate >= 0; nlen_inflate--) { ++ ((CHAR_T *)nbuf)[nlen_inflate] = nbuf[nlen_inflate]; ++ } + } + + /* Build the new line. */ diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-14-private_regex_fixes.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-14-private_regex_fixes.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ed783de --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-14-private_regex_fixes.patch @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 14private_regex_fixes.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: Fixes to the private regex library; includes fix for #523934. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur regex.orig/regcomp.c regex/regcomp.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/regex/regcomp.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/regex/regcomp.c 2008-05-01 18:37:57.000000000 +0200 +@@ -606,7 +606,8 @@ + REQUIRE(starordinary, REG_BADRPT); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: +- ordinary(p, c &~ BACKSL); ++ /* ordinary(p, c &~ BACKSL); -- Fix potential overflow */ ++ ordinary(p, c & 0xff); + break; + } + +diff -Naur regex.orig/regexec.c regex/regexec.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/regex/regexec.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/regex/regexec.c 2008-05-01 18:38:00.000000000 +0200 +@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ + + /* macros for manipulating states, small version */ + #define states int +-#define states1 states /* for later use in regexec() decision */ ++typedef states states1; /* for later use in regexec() decision */ + #define CLEAR(v) ((v) = 0) + #define SET0(v, n) ((v) &= ~(1 << (n))) + #define SET1(v, n) ((v) |= 1 << (n)) diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-15-search_word.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-15-search_word.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..38c914b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-15-search_word.patch @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 15search_word.dpatch by Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> +## +## DP: Fix {^A} command. (End-of-word was not included in search +## DP: regexp leading to false positives.) + +@DPATCH@ +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/vi/v_search.c 2007-11-18 11:41:42.000000000 -0500 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/vi/v_search.c 2009-03-05 15:37:37.000000000 -0500 +@@ -322,16 +322,17 @@ + v_searchw(SCR *sp, VICMD *vp) + { + size_t blen, len; ++ size_t olen = STRLEN(VIP(sp)->keyw); + int rval; + CHAR_T *bp, *p; + +- len = VIP(sp)->klen + RE_WSTART_LEN + RE_WSTOP_LEN; ++ len = olen + RE_WSTART_LEN + RE_WSTOP_LEN; + GET_SPACE_RETW(sp, bp, blen, len); + MEMCPY(bp, RE_WSTART, RE_WSTART_LEN); + p = bp + RE_WSTART_LEN; +- MEMCPY(p, VIP(sp)->keyw, VIP(sp)->klen); +- p += VIP(sp)->klen; ++ MEMCPY(p, VIP(sp)->keyw, olen); ++ p += olen; + MEMCPY(p, RE_WSTOP, RE_WSTOP_LEN); + + rval = v_search(sp, vp, bp, len, SEARCH_SET, FORWARD); diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-16-manpage_errors.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-16-manpage_errors.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c7be51f --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-16-manpage_errors.patch @@ -0,0 +1,770 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 16manpage_errors.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: Fix a truckload of roff markup glitches. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/docs/vi.man/vi.1 nvi-1.81.6/docs/vi.man/vi.1 +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/docs/vi.man/vi.1 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/docs/vi.man/vi.1 2008-05-01 18:17:59.000000000 +0200 +@@ -17,35 +17,35 @@ + .SH SYNOPSIS + .B ex + [\c +-.B -eFRrSsv\c ++.B \-eFRrSsv\c + ] [\c +-.BI -c " cmd"\c ++.BI \-c " cmd"\c + ] [\c +-.BI -t " tag"\c ++.BI \-t " tag"\c + ] [\c +-.BI -w " size"\c ++.BI \-w " size"\c + ] [file ...] + .br + .B vi + [\c +-.B -eFlRrSv\c ++.B \-eFlRrSv\c + ] [\c +-.BI -c " cmd"\c ++.BI \-c " cmd"\c + ] [\c +-.BI -t " tag"\c ++.BI \-t " tag"\c + ] [\c +-.BI -w " size"\c ++.BI \-w " size"\c + ] [file ...] + .br + .B view + [\c +-.B -eFRrSv\c ++.B \-eFRrSv\c + ] [\c +-.BI -c " cmd"\c ++.BI \-c " cmd"\c + ] [\c +-.BI -t " tag"\c ++.BI \-t " tag"\c + ] [\c +-.BI -w " size"\c ++.BI \-w " size"\c + ] [file ...] + .SH LICENSE + The vi program is freely redistributable. You are welcome to copy, +@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ + .I \&Vi + is a screen oriented text editor. + .I \&Ex +-is a line-oriented text editor. ++is a line\(hyoriented text editor. + .I \&Ex + and + .I \&vi +@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ + .I View + is the equivalent of using the + .B \-R +-(read-only) option of ++(read\(hyonly) option of + .IR \&vi . + .PP + This manual page is the one provided with the +@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ + .I ex/vi + text editors. + .I Nex/nvi +-are intended as bug-for-bug compatible replacements for the original ++are intended as bug\(hyfor\(hybug compatible replacements for the original + Fourth Berkeley Software Distribution (4BSD) + .I \&ex + and +@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ + editor before this manual page. + If you're in an unfamiliar environment, and you absolutely have to + get work done immediately, read the section after the options +-description, entitled ``Fast Startup''. ++description, entitled \(lqFast Startup\(rq. + It's probably enough to get you going. + .PP + The following options are available: +@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ + Particularly useful for initial positioning in the file, however + .B cmd + is not limited to positioning commands. +-This is the POSIX 1003.2 interface for the historic ``+cmd'' syntax. ++This is the POSIX 1003.2 interface for the historic \(lq+cmd\(rq syntax. + .I Nex/nvi + supports both the old and new syntax. + .TP +@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ + Start editing with the lisp and showmatch options set. + .TP + .B \-R +-Start editing in read-only mode, as if the command name was ++Start editing in read\(hyonly mode, as if the command name was + .IR view , + or the + .B readonly +@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ + Prompts, informative messages and other user oriented message + are turned off, + and no startup files or environmental variables are read. +-This is the POSIX 1003.2 interface for the historic ``\-'' argument. ++This is the POSIX 1003.2 interface for the historic \(lq\-\(rq argument. + .I \&Nex/nvi + supports both the old and new syntax. + .TP +@@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ + There are commands that switch you into input mode. + There is only one key that takes you out of input mode, + and that is the <escape> key. +-(Key names are written using less-than and greater-than signs, e.g. +-<escape> means the ``escape'' key, usually labeled ``esc'' on your ++(Key names are written using less\(hythan and greater\(hythan signs, e.g. ++<escape> means the \(lqescape\(rq key, usually labeled \(lqesc\(rq on your + terminal's keyboard.) + If you're ever confused as to which mode you're in, + keep entering the <escape> key until +@@ -227,9 +227,9 @@ + will beep at you if you try and do something that's not allowed. + It will also display error messages.) + .PP +-To start editing a file, enter the command ``vi file_name<carriage-return>''. ++To start editing a file, enter the command \(lqvi file_name<carriage\(hyreturn>\(rq. + The command you should enter as soon as you start editing is +-``:set verbose showmode<carriage-return>''. ++\(lq:set verbose showmode<carriage\(hyreturn>\(rq. + This will make the editor give you verbose error messages and display + the current mode at the bottom of the screen. + .PP +@@ -247,11 +247,11 @@ + .B l + Move the cursor right one character. + .TP +-.B <cursor-arrows> ++.B <cursor\(hyarrows> + The cursor arrow keys should work, too. + .TP +-.B /text<carriage-return> +-Search for the string ``text'' in the file, ++.B /text<carriage\(hyreturn> ++Search for the string \(lqtext\(rq in the file, + and move the cursor to its first character. + .PP + The commands to enter new text are: +@@ -303,30 +303,30 @@ + .PP + The commands to write the file are: + .TP +-.B :w<carriage-return> ++.B :w<carriage\(hyreturn> + Write the file back to the file with the name that you originally used + as an argument on the + .I \&vi + command line. + .TP +-.B ":w file_name<carriage-return>" +-Write the file back to the file with the name ``file_name''. ++.B ":w file_name<carriage\(hyreturn>" ++Write the file back to the file with the name \(lqfile_name\(rq. + .PP + The commands to quit editing and exit the editor are: + .TP +-.B :q<carriage-return> ++.B :q<carriage\(hyreturn> + Quit editing and leave vi (if you've modified the file, but not + saved your changes, + .I \&vi + will refuse to quit). + .TP +-.B :q!<carriage-return> ++.B :q!<carriage\(hyreturn> + Quit, discarding any modifications that you may have made. + .PP + One final caution. + Unusual characters can take up more than one column on the screen, + and long lines can take up more than a single screen line. +-The above commands work on ``physical'' characters and lines, ++The above commands work on \(lqphysical\(rq characters and lines, + i.e. they affect the entire line no matter how many screen lines it + takes up and the entire character no matter how many screen columns + it takes up. +@@ -339,87 +339,87 @@ + character. + .PP + .TP +-.B "[count] <control-A>" ++.B "[count] <control\(hyA>" + Search forward + .I count + times for the current word. + .TP +-.B "[count] <control-B>" ++.B "[count] <control\(hyB>" + Page backwards + .I count + screens. + .TP +-.B "[count] <control-D>" ++.B "[count] <control\(hyD>" + Scroll forward + .I count + lines. + .TP +-.B "[count] <control-E>" ++.B "[count] <control\(hyE>" + Scroll forward + .I count + lines, leaving the current line and column as is, if possible. + .TP +-.B "[count] <control-F>" ++.B "[count] <control\(hyF>" + Page forward + .I count + screens. + .TP +-.B "<control-G>" ++.B "<control\(hyG>" + Display the file information. + .TP +-.B "<control-H>" ++.B "<control\(hyH>" + .TP + .B "[count] h" + Move the cursor back + .I count + characters in the current line. + .TP +-.B "[count] <control-J>" ++.B "[count] <control\(hyJ>" + .TP +-.B "[count] <control-N>" ++.B "[count] <control\(hyN>" + .TP + .B "[count] j" + Move the cursor down + .I count + lines without changing the current column. + .TP +-.B "<control-L>" ++.B "<control\(hyL>" + .TP +-.B "<control-R>" ++.B "<control\(hyR>" + Repaint the screen. + .TP +-.B "[count] <control-M>" ++.B "[count] <control\(hyM>" + .TP + .B "[count] +" + Move the cursor down + .I count + lines to the first nonblank character of that line. + .TP +-.B "[count] <control-P>" ++.B "[count] <control\(hyP>" + .TP + .B "[count] k" + Move the cursor up + .I count + lines, without changing the current column. + .TP +-.B "<control-T>" ++.B "<control\(hyT>" + Return to the most recent tag context. + .TP +-.B "<control-U>" ++.B "<control\(hyU>" + Scroll backwards + .I count + lines. + .TP +-.B "<control-W>" ++.B "<control\(hyW>" + Switch to the next lower screen in the window, or, to the first + screen if there are no lower screens in the window. + .TP +-.B "<control-Y>" ++.B "<control\(hyY>" + Scroll backwards + .I count + lines, leaving the current line and column as is, if possible. + .TP +-.B "<control-Z>" ++.B "<control\(hyZ>" + Suspend the current editor session. + .TP + .B "<escape>" +@@ -427,10 +427,10 @@ + .I \&ex + commands or cancel partial commands. + .TP +-.B "<control-]>" ++.B "<control\(hy]>" + Push a tag reference onto the tag stack. + .TP +-.B "<control-^>" ++.B "<control\(hy^>" + Switch to the most recently edited file. + .TP + .B "[count] <space>" +@@ -440,10 +440,10 @@ + .I count + characters without changing the current line. + .TP +-.B "[count] ! motion shell-argument(s)" ++.B "[count] ! motion shell\(hyargument(s)" + Replace text with results from a shell command. + .TP +-.B "[count] # #|+|-" ++.B "[count] # #|+|\-" + Increment or decrement the cursor number. + .TP + .B "[count] $" +@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ + .TP + .B "'<character>" + .TP +-.B "`<character>" ++.B "\`<character>" + Return to a context marked by the character + .IR <character> . + .TP +@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ + .I count + times. + .TP +-.B "[count] -" ++.B "[count] \-" + Move to first nonblank of the previous line, + .I count + times. +@@ -486,13 +486,13 @@ + .I \&vi + command that modified text. + .TP +-.B "/RE<carriage-return>" ++.B "/RE<carriage\(hyreturn>" + .TP +-.B "/RE/ [offset]<carriage-return>" ++.B "/RE/ [offset]<carriage\(hyreturn>" + .TP +-.B "?RE<carriage-return>" ++.B "?RE<carriage\(hyreturn>" + .TP +-.B "?RE? [offset]<carriage-return>" ++.B "?RE? [offset]<carriage\(hyreturn>" + .TP + .B "N" + .TP +@@ -527,15 +527,15 @@ + bigwords. + .TP + .B "[buffer] [count] C" +-Change text from the current position to the end-of-line. ++Change text from the current position to the end\(hyof\(hyline. + .TP + .B "[buffer] D" +-Delete text from the current position to the end-of-line. ++Delete text from the current position to the end\(hyof\(hyline. + .TP + .B "[count] E" + Move forward + .I count +-end-of-bigwords. ++end\(hyof\(hybigwords. + .TP + .B "[count] F <character>" + Search +@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ + .TP + .B "[count] H" + Move to the screen line +-.I "count - 1" ++.I "count \- 1" + lines below the top of the screen. + .TP + .B "[count] I" +@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ + .TP + .B "[count] L" + Move to the screen line +-.I "count - 1" ++.I "count \- 1" + lines above the bottom of the screen. + .TP + .B " M" +@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ + characters before the cursor. + .TP + .B "[buffer] [count] Y" +-Copy (or ``yank'') ++Copy (or \(lqyank\(rq) + .I count + lines into the specified buffer. + .TP +@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ + .TP + .B "[count] _" + Move down +-.I "count - 1" ++.I "count \- 1" + lines, to the first nonblank character. + .TP + .B "[count] a" +@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ + .B "[count] e" + Move forward + .I count +-end-of-words. ++end\(hyof\(hywords. + .TP + .B "[count] f<character>" + Search forward, +@@ -709,12 +709,12 @@ + characters. + .TP + .B "[buffer] [count] y motion" +-Copy (or ``yank'') ++Copy (or \(lqyank\(rq) + a text region specified by the + .I count + and motion into a buffer. + .TP +-.B "[count1] z [count2] -|.|+|^|<carriage-return>" ++.B "[count1] z [count2] \-|.|+|^|<carriage\(hyreturn>" + Redraw, optionally repositioning and resizing the screen. + .TP + .B "[count] {" +@@ -735,13 +735,20 @@ + .B "[count] ~" + Reverse the case of the next + .I count +-character(s). ++character(s), if the ++.B tildeop ++option is ++.IR unset . + .TP + .B "[count] ~ motion" + Reverse the case of the characters in a text region specified by the + .I count + and +-.IR motion . ++.IR motion , ++if the ++.B tildeop ++option is ++.IR set . + .TP + .B "<interrupt>" + Interrupt the current operation. +@@ -755,18 +762,18 @@ + .B "<nul>" + Replay the previous input. + .TP +-.B "<control-D>" ++.B "<control\(hyD>" + Erase to the previous + .B shiftwidth + column boundary. + .TP +-.B "^<control-D>" ++.B "^<control\(hyD>" + Erase all of the autoindent characters, and reset the autoindent level. + .TP +-.B "0<control-D>" ++.B "0<control\(hyD>" + Erase all of the autoindent characters. + .TP +-.B "<control-T>" ++.B "<control\(hyT>" + Insert sufficient + .I <tab> + and +@@ -777,7 +784,7 @@ + .TP + .B "<erase> + .TP +-.B "<control-H>" ++.B "<control\(hyH>" + Erase the last character. + .TP + .B "<literal next>" +@@ -789,7 +796,7 @@ + .B "<line erase>" + Erase the current line. + .TP +-.B "<control-W>" ++.B "<control\(hyW>" + .TP + .B "<word erase>" + Erase the last word. +@@ -799,7 +806,7 @@ + .B ttywerase + options. + .TP +-.B "<control-X>[0-9A-Fa-f]+" ++.B "<control\(hyX>[0\-9A\-Fa\-f]+" + Insert a character with the specified hexadecimal value into the text. + .TP + .B "<interrupt>" +@@ -811,7 +818,7 @@ + In each entry below, the tag line is a usage synopsis for the command. + .PP + .TP +-.B "<end-of-file>" ++.B "<end\(hyof\(hyfile>" + Scroll the screen. + .TP + .B "! argument(s)" +@@ -932,7 +939,7 @@ + .I file + if it was previously saved. + .TP +-.B "res[ize] [+|-]size" ++.B "res[ize] [+|\-]size" + .I \&Vi + mode only. + Grow or shrink the current screen. +@@ -1034,7 +1041,10 @@ + .I \&ex + and + .I \&vi +-modes, unless otherwise specified. ++modes, unless otherwise specified. Multiple options can be given in ++one set or unset, separated by spaces or tabs. Spaces and tabs can be ++included in string options (eg. tags or filec) by preceding each with ++a backslash. There's no way to get backslash itself into an option. + .PP + .TP + .B "altwerase [off]" +@@ -1071,7 +1081,7 @@ + command. + .TP + .B "cedit [no default]" +-Set the character to edit the colon command-line history. ++Set the character to edit the colon command\(hyline history. + .TP + .B "columns, co [80]" + Set the number of columns in the screen. +@@ -1085,7 +1095,7 @@ + The directory where temporary files are created. + .TP + .B "edcompatible, ed [off]" +-Remember the values of the ``c'' and ``g'' suffices to the ++Remember the values of the \(lqc\(rq and \(lqg\(rq suffices to the + .B substitute + commands, instead of initializing them as unset for each new + command. +@@ -1114,8 +1124,8 @@ + Set the spacing between hardware tab settings. + .TP + .B "iclower [off]" +-Makes all Regular Expressions case-insensitive, +-as long as an upper-case letter does not appear in the search string. ++Makes all Regular Expressions case\(hyinsensitive, ++as long as an upper\(hycase letter does not appear in the search string. + .TP + .B "ignorecase, ic [off]" + Ignore case differences in regular expressions. +@@ -1128,7 +1138,7 @@ + .B "leftright [off]" + .I \&Vi + only. +-Do left-right scrolling. ++Do left\(hyright scrolling. + .TP + .B "lines, li [24]" + .I \&Vi +@@ -1227,7 +1237,7 @@ + Display a command prompt. + .TP + .B "readonly, ro [off]" +-Mark the file and session as read-only. ++Mark the file and session as read\(hyonly. + .TP + .B "recdir [/var/tmp/vi.recover]" + The directory where recovery files are stored. +@@ -1278,7 +1288,7 @@ + .\" to save my life. The ONLY way I've been able to get this to work + .\" is with the .tr command. + .tr Q" +-.ds ms shellmeta [~{[*?$`'Q\e] ++.ds ms shellmeta [~{[*?$\`'Q\e] + .TP + .B "\*(ms" + .tr QQ +@@ -1291,17 +1301,17 @@ + .B "showmatch, sm [off]" + .I \&Vi + only. +-Note matching ``{'' and ``('' for ``}'' and ``)'' characters. ++Note matching \(lq{\(rq and \(lq(\(rq for \(lq}\(rq and \(lq)\(rq characters. + .TP + .B "showmode, smd [off]" + .I \&Vi + only. +-Display the current editor mode and a ``modified'' flag. ++Display the current editor mode and a \(lqmodified\(rq flag. + .TP + .B "sidescroll [16]" + .I \&Vi + only. +-Set the amount a left-right scroll will shift. ++Set the amount a left\(hyright scroll will shift. + .TP + .B "slowopen, slow [off]" + Delay display updating during text input. +@@ -1379,7 +1389,7 @@ + .I \&Vi + only. + Break lines automatically, the specified number of columns from the +-left-hand margin. ++left\(hyhand margin. + If both the + .B wraplen + and +@@ -1392,7 +1402,7 @@ + .I \&Vi + only. + Break lines automatically, the specified number of columns from the +-right-hand margin. ++right\(hyhand margin. + If both the + .B wraplen + and +@@ -1405,7 +1415,7 @@ + Set searches to wrap around the end or beginning of the file. + .TP + .B "writeany, wa [off]" +-Turn off file-overwriting checks. ++Turn off file\(hyoverwriting checks. + .SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES + .TP + .I COLUMNS +@@ -1430,7 +1440,7 @@ + .TP + .I HOME + The user's home directory, used as the initial directory path +-for the startup ``$\fIHOME\fP/.nexrc'' and ``$\fIHOME\fP/.exrc'' ++for the startup \(lq$\fIHOME\fP/.nexrc\(rq and \(lq$\fIHOME\fP/.exrc\(rq + files. + This value is also used as the default directory for the + .I \&vi +@@ -1462,7 +1472,7 @@ + .TP + .I TERM + The user's terminal type. +-The default is the type ``unknown''. ++The default is the type \(lqunknown\(rq. + If the + .I TERM + environmental variable is not set when +@@ -1482,7 +1492,7 @@ + SIGALRM + .I \&Vi/ex + uses this signal for periodic backups of file modifications and to +-display ``busy'' messages when operations are likely to take a long time. ++display \(lqbusy\(rq messages when operations are likely to take a long time. + .TP + SIGHUP + .TP +@@ -1492,7 +1502,7 @@ + be later recovered. + See the + .I \&vi/ex +-Reference manual section entitled ``Recovery'' for more information. ++Reference manual section entitled \(lqRecovery\(rq for more information. + .TP + SIGINT + When an interrupt occurs, +@@ -1506,7 +1516,7 @@ + The screen is resized. + See the + .I \&vi/ex +-Reference manual section entitled ``Sizing the Screen'' for more information. ++Reference manual section entitled \(lqSizing the Screen\(rq for more information. + .TP + SIGCONT + .TP +@@ -1521,7 +1531,7 @@ + The default user shell. + .TP + /etc/vi.exrc +-System-wide vi startup file. ++System\(hywide vi startup file. + .TP + /tmp + Temporary file directory. +@@ -1546,38 +1556,38 @@ + .IR curses (3), + .IR dbopen (3) + .sp +-The ``Vi Quick Reference'' card. ++The \(lqVi Quick Reference\(rq card. + .sp +-``An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi'', found in the +-``UNIX User's Manual Supplementary Documents'' ++\(lqAn Introduction to Display Editing with Vi\(rq, found in the ++\(lqUNIX User's Manual Supplementary Documents\(rq + section of both the 4.3BSD and 4.4BSD manual sets. + This document is the closest thing available to an introduction to the + .I \&vi + screen editor. + .sp +-``Ex Reference Manual (Version 3.7)'', ++\(lqEx Reference Manual (Version 3.7)\(rq, + found in the +-``UNIX User's Manual Supplementary Documents'' ++\(lqUNIX User's Manual Supplementary Documents\(rq + section of both the 4.3BSD and 4.4BSD manual sets. + This document is the final reference for the + .I \&ex + editor, as distributed in most historic 4BSD and System V systems. + .sp +-``Edit: A tutorial'', ++\(lqEdit: A tutorial\(rq, + found in the +-``UNIX User's Manual Supplementary Documents'' ++\(lqUNIX User's Manual Supplementary Documents\(rq + section of the 4.3BSD manual set. + This document is an introduction to a simple version of the + .I \&ex + screen editor. + .sp +-``Ex/Vi Reference Manual'', ++\(lqEx/Vi Reference Manual\(rq, + found in the +-``UNIX User's Manual Supplementary Documents'' ++\(lqUNIX User's Manual Supplementary Documents\(rq + section of the 4.4BSD manual set. + This document is the final reference for the + .I \&nex/nvi +-text editors, as distributed in 4.4BSD and 4.4BSD-Lite. ++text editors, as distributed in 4.4BSD and 4.4BSD\(hyLite. + .PP + .I Roff + source for all of these documents is distributed with +@@ -1588,7 +1598,7 @@ + .I nex/nvi + source code. + .sp +-The files ``autowrite'', ``input'', ``quoting'' and ``structures'' ++The files \(lqautowrite\(rq, \(lqinput\(rq, \(lqquoting\(rq and \(lqstructures\(rq + found in the + .I nvi/docs/internals + directory of the +@@ -1602,7 +1612,7 @@ + editor first appeared in 4.4BSD. + .SH STANDARDS + .I \&Nex/nvi +-is close to IEEE Std1003.2 (``POSIX''). ++is close to IEEE Std1003.2 (\(lqPOSIX\(rq). + That document differs from historical + .I ex/vi + practice in several places; there are changes to be made on both sides. diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-17-tutorial_typos.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-17-tutorial_typos.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f45aa80a --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-17-tutorial_typos.patch @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 17tutorial_typos.dpatch +## +## DP: Fix typos in the nvi tutorial. + +@DPATCH@ +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/nvi-1.79/docs/tutorial/vi.beginner ++++ nvi-1.81.6/nvi-1.79/docs/tutorial/vi.beginner +@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ + j - moves the cursor DOWN one line + h - moves the cursor one character to the LEFT + +-Section 22: {i} {a} {I} {A} {o} {O} ^[ (escape key) ++Section 22: {i} {a} {I} {A} {o} {O} {^[} (escape key) + + For this and following sections you will need to use the ESCAPE key on your + terminal. It is usually marked ESC. Since the escape key is the same as +@@ -525,9 +525,9 @@ + on the word 'of'.) + + Now carefully type the following string and observe the effects: +- {iexample ^[} (remember: ^[ is the escape key)} ++ {iexample ^[} (remember: ^[ is the escape key) + The {i} begins the insert mode, and 'example ' is inserted into the line: +-be sure to notice the blank in 'example '. The ^[ ends insertion mode, ++be sure to notice the blank in 'example '. The {^[} ends insertion mode, + and the line is updated to include the new string. Line 1 should look exactly + like Line 2. + +@@ -541,9 +541,9 @@ + of 'line'. You can do this in several ways, one way is the following: + First, type {/line /^M}. This puts us on the word 'line' in Line 4 + (the blank in the search string is important!). Next, type {e}. The 'e' puts +-us at the end of the word. Now, type {as^[ (^[ is the escape character)}. ++us at the end of the word. Now, type {as^[} (^[ is the escape character). + The 'a' puts us in insert mode, AFTER the current character. We appended the +-'s', and the escape ^[ ended the insert mode. ++'s', and the escape '^[' ended the insert mode. + + The difference between {i} (insert) and {a} (append) is that {i} begins + inserting text BEFORE the cursor, and {a} begins inserting AFTER the cursor. +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/nvi-1.79/docs/tutorial/vi.advanced ++++ nvi-1.81.6/nvi-1.79/docs/tutorial/vi.advanced +@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ + 1 introduction: {^F} {ZZ} + 2 introduction (con't) and positioning: {^F} {^B} + 3 introduction (con't) and positioning: {^F} {^B} +- 4 positioning: {^F} {^B} ^M (return key) +- 5 quitting: {:q!} ^M key ++ 4 positioning: {^F} {^B} {^M} (return key) ++ 5 quitting: {:q!} {^M} (return key) + 6 marking, cursor and screen positioning: {m} {G} {'} {z} + 7 marking, cursor and screen positioning: {m} {G} {'} {z} + 8 marking, cursor and screen positioning: {z} {m} {'} +@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ + 19 screen positioning: {H} {M} {L} + 20 character positioning: {w} {b} {0} {W} {B} {e} {E} {'} {`} + 21 cursor positioning: {l} {k} {j} {h} +- 22 adding text: {i} {a} {I} {A} {o} {O} ^[ (escape key) ++ 22 adding text: {i} {a} {I} {A} {o} {O} {^[} (escape key) + 23 character manipulation: {f} {x} {X} {w} {l} {r} {R} {s} {S} {J} + 24 undo: {u} {U} + 25 review diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-18-dbpagesize_binpower.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-18-dbpagesize_binpower.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0fabbc6a --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-18-dbpagesize_binpower.patch @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 18dbpagesize_binpower.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: Make sure that the pagesize passed to db__set_pagesize() is +## DP: a power of two. + +@DPATCH@ +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/exf.c 2009-03-09 01:48:01.695862889 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/common/exf.c 2009-03-09 10:42:41.147866272 +0100 +@@ -249,11 +249,10 @@ + * (vi should have good locality) or smaller than 1K. + */ + psize = ((sb.st_size / 15) + 1023) / 1024; +- if (psize > 10) +- psize = 10; +- if (psize == 0) +- psize = 1; +- psize *= 1024; ++ if (psize >= 8) psize=8<<10; ++ else if (psize >= 4) psize=4<<10; ++ else if (psize >= 2) psize=2<<10; ++ else psize=1<<10; + + F_SET(ep, F_DEVSET); + ep->mdev = sb.st_dev; diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-19-include_term_h.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-19-include_term_h.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4e46984 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-19-include_term_h.patch @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 19include_term_h.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: Add <term.h> to the include list to suppress a few warnings. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/cl/cl_funcs.c nvi-1.81.6/cl/cl_funcs.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/cl/cl_funcs.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/cl/cl_funcs.c 2008-05-01 18:23:08.000000000 +0200 +@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ + #include <sys/time.h> + + #include <bitstring.h> ++#include <term.h> + #include <ctype.h> + #include <signal.h> + #include <stdio.h> +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/cl/cl_screen.c nvi-1.81.6/cl/cl_screen.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/cl/cl_screen.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/cl/cl_screen.c 2008-05-01 18:23:02.000000000 +0200 +@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ + #include <sys/queue.h> + + #include <bitstring.h> ++#include <term.h> + #include <errno.h> + #include <signal.h> + #include <stdio.h> diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-20-glibc_has_grantpt.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-20-glibc_has_grantpt.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..967951eb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-20-glibc_has_grantpt.patch @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 20glibc_has_grantpt.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: glibc has grantpt(), so only hceck for HAVE_SYS5_PTY +## DP: on non-glibc installations. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/ex/ex_script.c nvi-1.81.6/ex/ex_script.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/ex/ex_script.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/ex/ex_script.c 2008-05-01 18:24:06.000000000 +0200 +@@ -23,7 +23,8 @@ + #include <sys/select.h> + #endif + #include <sys/stat.h> +-#ifdef HAVE_SYS5_PTY ++/* glibc2.1 defines grantpt but there is no stropts.h */ ++#if defined(HAVE_SYS5_PTY) && !defined(__GLIBC__) + #include <sys/stropts.h> + #endif + #include <sys/time.h> +@@ -664,7 +665,7 @@ + F_CLR(gp, G_SCRWIN); + } + +-#ifdef HAVE_SYS5_PTY ++#if defined(HAVE_SYS5_PTY) && !defined(__GLIBC__) + static int ptys_open __P((int, char *)); + static int ptym_open __P((char *)); + diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-21-exrc_writability_check.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-21-exrc_writability_check.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a93dbc5b --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-21-exrc_writability_check.patch @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 21exrc_writability_check.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: No description. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/ex/ex_init.c nvi-1.81.6/ex/ex_init.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/ex/ex_init.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/ex/ex_init.c 2008-05-01 18:24:45.000000000 +0200 +@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@ + #include <string.h> + #include <unistd.h> + ++#include <pwd.h> ++#include <grp.h> ++ + #include "../common/common.h" + #include "tag.h" + #include "pathnames.h" +@@ -346,6 +349,9 @@ + int nf1, nf2; + char *a, *b, buf[MAXPATHLEN]; + ++ struct group *grp_p; ++ struct passwd *pwd_p; ++ + /* Check for the file's existence. */ + if (stat(path, sbp)) + return (NOEXIST); +@@ -359,10 +365,30 @@ + } + + /* Check writeability. */ +- if (sbp->st_mode & (S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH)) { ++ if (sbp->st_mode & S_IWOTH) { + etype = WRITER; + goto denied; + } ++ if (sbp->st_mode & S_IWGRP) { ++ /* on system error (getgrgid or getpwnam return NULL) set etype to WRITER ++ * and continue execution */ ++ if( (grp_p = getgrgid(sbp->st_gid)) == NULL) { ++ etype = WRITER; ++ goto denied; ++ } ++ ++ /* lookup the group members' uids for an uid different from euid */ ++ while( ( *(grp_p->gr_mem) ) != NULL) { /* gr_mem is a null-terminated array */ ++ if( (pwd_p = getpwnam(*(grp_p->gr_mem)++)) == NULL) { ++ etype = WRITER; ++ goto denied; ++ } ++ if(pwd_p->pw_uid != euid) { ++ etype = WRITER; ++ goto denied; ++ } ++ } ++ } + return (RCOK); + + denied: a = msg_print(sp, path, &nf1); diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-23-debian_alternatives.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-23-debian_alternatives.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5614041e --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-23-debian_alternatives.patch @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 23debian_alternatives.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: Adapt the internal program name if nvi was called via one of +## DP: the Debian alternative symlinks. + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/gs.c nvi-1.81.6/common/gs.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/gs.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/common/gs.c 2008-05-01 18:28:44.000000000 +0200 +@@ -45,6 +45,24 @@ + + gp->progname = name; + ++#ifdef DEBIAN ++ /* This is because of the Debian alternatives system. The ++ definitions of editor, vi, view, and ex are transient. This ++ would be ok, except that the recovery file hardcodes the ++ name. The downside of this is that the error messages may ++ not quite match what the user expects */ ++ ++ if (!strcmp(name, "editor")) { ++ gp->progname = "nvi"; ++ } else if (!strcmp(name, "vi")){ ++ gp->progname = "nvi"; ++ } else if (!strcmp(name, "view")){ ++ gp->progname = "nview"; ++ } else if (!strcmp(name, "ex")){ ++ gp->progname = "nex"; ++ } ++#endif /* DEBIAN */ ++ + /* Common global structure initialization. */ + /* others will need to be copied from main.c */ + CIRCLEQ_INIT(&gp->dq); diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-24-fallback_to_dumb_term.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-24-fallback_to_dumb_term.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..29e356a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-24-fallback_to_dumb_term.patch @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 24fallback_to_dumb_term.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: If there's no $TERM around, just fall back to "dumb". + +@DPATCH@ +diff -Naur nvi-1.81.6.orig/cl/cl_main.c nvi-1.81.6/cl/cl_main.c +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/cl/cl_main.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/cl/cl_main.c 2008-05-01 18:29:13.000000000 +0200 +@@ -96,6 +96,7 @@ + if ((ttype = getenv("TERM")) == NULL) + ttype = "unknown"; + term_init(gp->progname, ttype); ++ ttype = getenv("TERM"); + + /* Add the terminal type to the global structure. */ + if ((OG_D_STR(gp, GO_TERM) = +@@ -233,6 +234,11 @@ + + /* Set up the terminal database information. */ + setupterm(ttype, STDOUT_FILENO, &err); ++ if (err == 0) { ++ (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s: unknown terminal type, falling back to 'dumb'\n", name, ttype); ++ setenv("TERM", "dumb", 1); ++ setupterm("dumb", STDOUT_FILENO, &err); ++ } + switch (err) { + case -1: + (void)fprintf(stderr, diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-25-manpage_note_dropped_F.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-25-manpage_note_dropped_F.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2087e7d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-25-manpage_note_dropped_F.patch @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 25manpage_note_dropped_F.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: Replace the manpage paragraph about the '-F' commandline option +## DP: with a notice that is has been dropped. + +@DPATCH@ +--- nvi-1.81.6+debian-1.orig/docs/vi.man/vi.1 2008-06-13 00:52:45.000000000 +0200 ++++ nvi-1.81.6+debian-1/docs/vi.man/vi.1 2008-06-13 00:55:40.000000000 +0200 +@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ + .SH SYNOPSIS + .B ex + [\c +-.B \-eFRrSsv\c ++.B \-eRrSsv\c + ] [\c + .BI \-c " cmd"\c + ] [\c +@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ + .br + .B vi + [\c +-.B \-eFlRrSv\c ++.B \-elRrSv\c + ] [\c + .BI \-c " cmd"\c + ] [\c +@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ + .br + .B view + [\c +-.B \-eFRrSv\c ++.B \-eRrSv\c + ] [\c + .BI \-c " cmd"\c + ] [\c +@@ -113,11 +113,6 @@ + Start editing in ex mode, as if the command name were + .IR \&ex . + .TP +-.B \-F +-Don't copy the entire file when first starting to edit. +-(The default is to make a copy in case someone else modifies +-the file during your edit session.) +-.TP + .B \-l + Start editing with the lisp and showmatch options set. + .TP +@@ -169,6 +164,9 @@ + or + .IR view . + .PP ++Note that the \fB-F\fP option (which prevented \fIex/vi\fP from making ++a full backup of the target file) has been removed and is no longer available. ++.PP + Command input for + .I ex/vi + is read from the standard input. diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-26-trailing_tab_segv.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-26-trailing_tab_segv.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf3653b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-26-trailing_tab_segv.patch @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 26trailing_tab_segv.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: Prevent a segfault if a trailing tab is pushed to a new line by inserting +## DP: characters before it if 'set number' is in effect. + +@DPATCH@ +--- nvi-1.81.6+debian.orig/vi/vs_relative.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6+debian/vi/vs_relative.c 2008-06-13 03:22:55.000000000 +0200 +@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ + * Initialize the pointer into the buffer and current offset. + */ + p = lp; +- curoff = 0; ++ curoff = scno; + + /* Macro to return the display length of any signal character. */ + #define CHLEN(val) (ch = *(UCHAR_T *)p++) == '\t' && \ diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-27-support_C_locale.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-27-support_C_locale.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24663d17 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-27-support_C_locale.patch @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 27support_C_locale.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: Allow users to edit 8-bit files even under LC_CTYPE=C. + +@DPATCH@ +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/conv.c 2007-11-18 17:41:42.000000000 +0100 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/common/conv.c 2009-03-09 16:45:37.812022582 +0100 +@@ -322,11 +322,16 @@ + else { + setlocale(LC_ALL, ""); + #ifdef USE_WIDECHAR +- sp->conv.sys2int = cs_char2int; +- sp->conv.int2sys = cs_int2char; +- sp->conv.file2int = fe_char2int; +- sp->conv.int2file = fe_int2char; +- sp->conv.input2int = ie_char2int; ++ if (!strcmp(LANGCODESET, "ANSI_X3.4-1968")) { ++ sp->conv.file2int = sp->conv.input2int = sp->conv.sys2int = raw2int; ++ sp->conv.int2sys = sp->conv.int2file = int2raw; ++ } else { ++ sp->conv.sys2int = cs_char2int; ++ sp->conv.int2sys = cs_int2char; ++ sp->conv.file2int = fe_char2int; ++ sp->conv.int2file = fe_int2char; ++ sp->conv.input2int = ie_char2int; ++ } + #endif + #ifdef USE_ICONV + o_set(sp, O_FILEENCODING, OS_STRDUP, nl_langinfo(CODESET), 0); diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-29-file_backup.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-29-file_backup.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e1681055 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-29-file_backup.patch @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#! /bin/sh /usr/share/dpatch/dpatch-run +## 29file_backup.dpatch by <hesso@pool.math.tu-berlin.de> +## +## DP: Save the intermediate CHAR2INT conversion pointer because +## DP: that pointer is reused by later conversions in calls below. + +@DPATCH@ +--- nvi-1.81.6.orig/common/exf.c 2009-07-24 11:30:05.962060755 +0200 ++++ nvi-1.81.6/common/exf.c 2009-07-24 12:09:57.511311177 +0200 +@@ -1092,8 +1092,8 @@ + size_t blen; + int flags, maxnum, nr, num, nw, rfd, wfd, version; + char *bp, *estr, *p, *pct, *slash, *t, *wfname, buf[8192]; +- CHAR_T *wp; +- size_t wlen; ++ CHAR_T *wp, *wp2; ++ size_t wlen, wlen2; + size_t nlen; + char *d = NULL; + +@@ -1148,8 +1148,13 @@ + } else + version = 0; + CHAR2INT(sp, bname, strlen(bname) + 1, wp, wlen); +- if (argv_exp2(sp, &cmd, wp, wlen - 1)) ++ GET_SPACE_RETW(sp, wp2, wlen2, wlen); ++ MEMCPY(wp2, wp, wlen); ++ if (argv_exp2(sp, &cmd, wp2, wlen2 - 1)) { ++ FREE_SPACEW(sp, wp2, wlen2); + return (1); ++ } ++ FREE_SPACEW(sp, wp2, wlen2); + + /* + * 0 args: impossible. diff --git a/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-30-autoconf-269-aarch64.patch b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-30-autoconf-269-aarch64.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3285c3c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/patches/nvi-30-autoconf-269-aarch64.patch @@ -0,0 +1,1633 @@ +diff -urN nvi-1.81.6/dist/config.guess nvi-1.81.6-aarch64/dist/config.guess +--- nvi-1.81.6/dist/config.guess 2007-11-14 13:09:38.000000000 -0600 ++++ nvi-1.81.6-aarch64/dist/config.guess 2013-03-08 03:14:35.224076464 -0600 +@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ + #! /bin/sh + # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. + # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, +-# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, +-# Inc. ++# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, ++# 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +-timestamp='2007-05-17' ++timestamp='2012-09-25' + + # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +@@ -17,9 +17,7 @@ + # General Public License for more details. + # + # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA +-# 02110-1301, USA. ++# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + # + # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you + # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +@@ -27,16 +25,16 @@ + # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + + +-# Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>. +-# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context +-# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. ++# Originally written by Per Bothner. Please send patches (context ++# diff format) to <config-patches@gnu.org> and include a ChangeLog ++# entry. + # + # This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to + # config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and + # exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. + # +-# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you +-# don't specify an explicit build system type. ++# You can get the latest version of this script from: ++# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD + + me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` + +@@ -56,7 +54,8 @@ + GNU config.guess ($timestamp) + + Originally written by Per Bothner. +-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 ++Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, ++2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +@@ -144,7 +143,7 @@ + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in + *:NetBSD:*:*) + # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or +- # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, ++ # more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, + # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently + # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old + # object file format. This provides both forward +@@ -170,7 +169,7 @@ + arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) + eval $set_cc_for_build + if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ +- | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null ++ | grep -q __ELF__ + then + # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). + # Return netbsd for either. FIX? +@@ -180,7 +179,7 @@ + fi + ;; + *) +- os=netbsd ++ os=netbsd + ;; + esac + # The OS release +@@ -201,6 +200,10 @@ + # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. + echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" + exit ;; ++ *:Bitrig:*:*) ++ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'` ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-bitrig${UNAME_RELEASE} ++ exit ;; + *:OpenBSD:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} +@@ -223,7 +226,7 @@ + UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` + ;; + *5.*) +- UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` ++ UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` + ;; + esac + # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on +@@ -269,7 +272,10 @@ + # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. + # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` +- exit ;; ++ # Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code. ++ exitcode=$? ++ trap '' 0 ++ exit $exitcode ;; + Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) + # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? + # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead +@@ -295,12 +301,12 @@ + echo s390-ibm-zvmoe + exit ;; + *:OS400:*:*) +- echo powerpc-ibm-os400 ++ echo powerpc-ibm-os400 + exit ;; + arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) + echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; +- arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*) ++ arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*) + echo arm-unknown-riscos + exit ;; + SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) +@@ -324,14 +330,33 @@ + case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in + sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;; + esac ;; ++ s390x:SunOS:*:*) ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` ++ exit ;; + sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; +- i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | ix86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) +- echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` ++ i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*) ++ echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE} ++ exit ;; ++ i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) ++ eval $set_cc_for_build ++ SUN_ARCH="i386" ++ # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects. ++ # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does. ++ # This test works for both compilers. ++ if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then ++ if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ ++ (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ ++ grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null ++ then ++ SUN_ARCH="x86_64" ++ fi ++ fi ++ echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; + sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) + # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize +@@ -375,23 +400,23 @@ + # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should + # be no problem. + atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) +- echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} ++ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} +- exit ;; ++ exit ;; + *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) +- echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} ++ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) +- echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} +- exit ;; ++ echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} ++ exit ;; + hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) +- echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} +- exit ;; ++ echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} ++ exit ;; + *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) +- echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} +- exit ;; ++ echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} ++ exit ;; + m68k:machten:*:*) + echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; +@@ -461,8 +486,8 @@ + echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 + exit ;; + AViiON:dgux:*:*) +- # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures +- UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` ++ # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures ++ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` + if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] + then + if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ +@@ -475,7 +500,7 @@ + else + echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi +- exit ;; ++ exit ;; + M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) + echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 + exit ;; +@@ -532,7 +557,7 @@ + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 + fi + exit ;; +- *:AIX:*:[45]) ++ *:AIX:*:[4567]) + IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` + if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then + IBM_ARCH=rs6000 +@@ -575,52 +600,52 @@ + 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) + if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then + sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` +- sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` +- case "${sc_cpu_version}" in +- 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 +- 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 +- 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 +- case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in +- 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; +- 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; ++ sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` ++ case "${sc_cpu_version}" in ++ 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 ++ 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 ++ 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 ++ case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in ++ 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; ++ 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; + '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 +- esac ;; +- esac ++ esac ;; ++ esac + fi + if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then + eval $set_cc_for_build +- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c ++ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + +- #define _HPUX_SOURCE +- #include <stdlib.h> +- #include <unistd.h> +- +- int main () +- { +- #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) +- long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); +- #endif +- long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); +- +- switch (cpu) +- { +- case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; +- case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; +- case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: +- #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) +- switch (bits) +- { +- case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; +- case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; +- default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; +- } break; +- #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ +- puts ("hppa2.0"); break; +- #endif +- default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; +- } +- exit (0); +- } ++ #define _HPUX_SOURCE ++ #include <stdlib.h> ++ #include <unistd.h> ++ ++ int main () ++ { ++ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) ++ long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); ++ #endif ++ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); ++ ++ switch (cpu) ++ { ++ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; ++ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; ++ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: ++ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) ++ switch (bits) ++ { ++ case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; ++ case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; ++ default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; ++ } break; ++ #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ ++ puts ("hppa2.0"); break; ++ #endif ++ default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; ++ } ++ exit (0); ++ } + EOF + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` + test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa +@@ -640,7 +665,7 @@ + # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 + + if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | +- grep __LP64__ >/dev/null ++ grep -q __LP64__ + then + HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" + else +@@ -711,22 +736,22 @@ + exit ;; + C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) + echo c1-convex-bsd +- exit ;; ++ exit ;; + C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) + if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc + then echo c32-convex-bsd + else echo c2-convex-bsd + fi +- exit ;; ++ exit ;; + C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) + echo c34-convex-bsd +- exit ;; ++ exit ;; + C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) + echo c38-convex-bsd +- exit ;; ++ exit ;; + C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) + echo c4-convex-bsd +- exit ;; ++ exit ;; + CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) + echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit ;; +@@ -750,14 +775,14 @@ + exit ;; + F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` +- FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` +- FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` +- echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" +- exit ;; ++ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` ++ FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` ++ echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" ++ exit ;; + 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) +- FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` +- FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` +- echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" ++ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` ++ FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` ++ echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + exit ;; + i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} +@@ -769,40 +794,51 @@ + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:FreeBSD:*:*) +- case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in +- pc98) +- echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; ++ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` ++ case ${UNAME_PROCESSOR} in + amd64) + echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + *) +- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; ++ echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + esac + exit ;; + i*:CYGWIN*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin + exit ;; ++ *:MINGW64*:*) ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw64 ++ exit ;; + *:MINGW*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 + exit ;; ++ i*:MSYS*:*) ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msys ++ exit ;; + i*:windows32*:*) +- # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. +- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 ++ # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 + exit ;; + i*:PW*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 + exit ;; +- *:Interix*:[3456]*) +- case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in +- x86) ++ *:Interix*:*) ++ case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in ++ x86) + echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; +- EM64T | authenticamd) ++ authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T) + echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; ++ IA64) ++ echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} ++ exit ;; + esac ;; + [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) + echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks + exit ;; ++ 8664:Windows_NT:*) ++ echo x86_64-pc-mks ++ exit ;; + i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) + # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? + # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we +@@ -832,20 +868,68 @@ + i*86:Minix:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix + exit ;; +- arm*:Linux:*:*) ++ aarch64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; ++ aarch64_be:Linux:*:*) ++ UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu ++ exit ;; ++ alpha:Linux:*:*) ++ case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in ++ EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; ++ EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; ++ PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; ++ PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; ++ EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; ++ EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; ++ EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; ++ esac ++ objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1 ++ if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} ++ exit ;; ++ arm*:Linux:*:*) ++ eval $set_cc_for_build ++ if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ ++ | grep -q __ARM_EABI__ ++ then ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu ++ else ++ if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ ++ | grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP ++ then ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi ++ else ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabihf ++ fi ++ fi ++ exit ;; + avr32*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + cris:Linux:*:*) +- echo cris-axis-linux-gnu ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-gnu + exit ;; + crisv32:Linux:*:*) +- echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-gnu + exit ;; + frv:Linux:*:*) +- echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu ++ exit ;; ++ hexagon:Linux:*:*) ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu ++ exit ;; ++ i*86:Linux:*:*) ++ LIBC=gnu ++ eval $set_cc_for_build ++ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c ++ #ifdef __dietlibc__ ++ LIBC=dietlibc ++ #endif ++EOF ++ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'` ++ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" + exit ;; + ia64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu +@@ -856,74 +940,33 @@ + m68*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; +- mips:Linux:*:*) ++ mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #undef CPU +- #undef mips +- #undef mipsel ++ #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE} ++ #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el + #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) +- CPU=mipsel ++ CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el + #else + #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) +- CPU=mips ++ CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE} + #else + CPU= + #endif + #endif + EOF +- eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' +- /^CPU/{ +- s: ::g +- p +- }'`" +- test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } +- ;; +- mips64:Linux:*:*) +- eval $set_cc_for_build +- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c +- #undef CPU +- #undef mips64 +- #undef mips64el +- #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) +- CPU=mips64el +- #else +- #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) +- CPU=mips64 +- #else +- CPU= +- #endif +- #endif +-EOF +- eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' +- /^CPU/{ +- s: ::g +- p +- }'`" ++ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'` + test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } + ;; + or32:Linux:*:*) +- echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu +- exit ;; +- ppc:Linux:*:*) +- echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; +- ppc64:Linux:*:*) +- echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu ++ padre:Linux:*:*) ++ echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; +- alpha:Linux:*:*) +- case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in +- EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; +- EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; +- PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; +- PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; +- EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; +- EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; +- EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; +- esac +- objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null +- if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi +- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} ++ parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) ++ echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) + # Look for CPU level +@@ -933,14 +976,17 @@ + *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + esac + exit ;; +- parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) +- echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu ++ ppc64:Linux:*:*) ++ echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu ++ exit ;; ++ ppc:Linux:*:*) ++ echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux + exit ;; + sh64*:Linux:*:*) +- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + sh*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu +@@ -948,78 +994,18 @@ + sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; ++ tile*:Linux:*:*) ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu ++ exit ;; + vax:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu + exit ;; + x86_64:Linux:*:*) +- echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; +- xtensa:Linux:*:*) +- echo xtensa-unknown-linux-gnu ++ xtensa*:Linux:*:*) ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; +- i*86:Linux:*:*) +- # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so +- # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent +- # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. +- # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English. +- ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \ +- | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d +- s/[ ][ ]*/ /g +- s/.*supported targets: *// +- s/ .*// +- p'` +- case "$ld_supported_targets" in +- elf32-i386) +- TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" +- ;; +- a.out-i386-linux) +- echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" +- exit ;; +- coff-i386) +- echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" +- exit ;; +- "") +- # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or +- # one that does not give us useful --help. +- echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" +- exit ;; +- esac +- # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf +- eval $set_cc_for_build +- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c +- #include <features.h> +- #ifdef __ELF__ +- # ifdef __GLIBC__ +- # if __GLIBC__ >= 2 +- LIBC=gnu +- # else +- LIBC=gnulibc1 +- # endif +- # else +- LIBC=gnulibc1 +- # endif +- #else +- #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC) +- LIBC=gnu +- #else +- LIBC=gnuaout +- #endif +- #endif +- #ifdef __dietlibc__ +- LIBC=dietlibc +- #endif +-EOF +- eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' +- /^LIBC/{ +- s: ::g +- p +- }'`" +- test x"${LIBC}" != x && { +- echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" +- exit +- } +- test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; } +- ;; + i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) + # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. + # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both +@@ -1027,11 +1013,11 @@ + echo i386-sequent-sysv4 + exit ;; + i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) +- # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version +- # number series starting with 2... +- # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, ++ # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version ++ # number series starting with 2... ++ # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, + # I just have to hope. -- rms. +- # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. ++ # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} + exit ;; + i*86:OS/2:*:*) +@@ -1048,7 +1034,7 @@ + i*86:syllable:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable + exit ;; +- i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) ++ i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) + echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + i*86:*DOS:*:*) +@@ -1063,7 +1049,7 @@ + fi + exit ;; + i*86:*:5:[678]*) +- # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. ++ # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. + case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in + *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; + *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; +@@ -1091,10 +1077,13 @@ + exit ;; + pc:*:*:*) + # Left here for compatibility: +- # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about +- # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. +- echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp +- exit ;; ++ # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about ++ # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586. ++ # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub ++ # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that ++ # this is a cross-build. ++ echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp ++ exit ;; + Intel:Mach:3*:*) + echo i386-pc-mach3 + exit ;; +@@ -1129,8 +1118,18 @@ + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; + 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) +- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ +- && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; ++ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ ++ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; ++ NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*) ++ OS_REL='.3' ++ test -r /etc/.relid \ ++ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` ++ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ ++ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ++ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ ++ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ++ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \ ++ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; + m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; +@@ -1143,7 +1142,7 @@ + rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) + echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; +- PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*) ++ PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) +@@ -1163,10 +1162,10 @@ + echo ns32k-sni-sysv + fi + exit ;; +- PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort +- # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV> +- echo i586-unisys-sysv4 +- exit ;; ++ PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort ++ # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV> ++ echo i586-unisys-sysv4 ++ exit ;; + *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) + # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>. + # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm +@@ -1192,11 +1191,11 @@ + exit ;; + R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) + if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then +- echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} ++ echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + else +- echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} ++ echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi +- exit ;; ++ exit ;; + BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. + echo powerpc-be-beos + exit ;; +@@ -1206,6 +1205,12 @@ + BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. + echo i586-pc-beos + exit ;; ++ BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible. ++ echo i586-pc-haiku ++ exit ;; ++ x86_64:Haiku:*:*) ++ echo x86_64-unknown-haiku ++ exit ;; + SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; +@@ -1233,6 +1238,16 @@ + *:Darwin:*:*) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown + case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in ++ i386) ++ eval $set_cc_for_build ++ if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then ++ if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ ++ (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ ++ grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null ++ then ++ UNAME_PROCESSOR="x86_64" ++ fi ++ fi ;; + unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; + esac + echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} +@@ -1248,7 +1263,10 @@ + *:QNX:*:4*) + echo i386-pc-qnx + exit ;; +- NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) ++ NEO-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) ++ echo neo-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} ++ exit ;; ++ NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) +@@ -1293,13 +1311,13 @@ + echo pdp10-unknown-its + exit ;; + SEI:*:*:SEIUX) +- echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} ++ echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + *:DragonFly:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` + exit ;; + *:*VMS:*:*) +- UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` ++ UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;; + I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;; +@@ -1314,11 +1332,14 @@ + i*86:rdos:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos + exit ;; ++ i*86:AROS:*:*) ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros ++ exit ;; ++ x86_64:VMkernel:*:*) ++ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-esx ++ exit ;; + esac + +-#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 +-#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 +- + eval $set_cc_for_build + cat >$dummy.c <<EOF + #ifdef _SEQUENT_ +@@ -1336,11 +1357,11 @@ + #include <sys/param.h> + printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", + #ifdef NEWSOS4 +- "4" ++ "4" + #else +- "" ++ "" + #endif +- ); exit (0); ++ ); exit (0); + #endif + #endif + +@@ -1474,9 +1495,9 @@ + the operating system you are using. It is advised that you + download the most up to date version of the config scripts from + +- http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.guess ++ http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD + and +- http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.sub ++ http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD + + If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please + send the following data and any information you think might be +diff -urN nvi-1.81.6/dist/config.sub nvi-1.81.6-aarch64/dist/config.sub +--- nvi-1.81.6/dist/config.sub 2007-11-14 13:09:38.000000000 -0600 ++++ nvi-1.81.6-aarch64/dist/config.sub 2013-03-08 03:14:35.259072425 -0600 +@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ + #! /bin/sh + # Configuration validation subroutine script. + # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, +-# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, +-# Inc. ++# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, ++# 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +-timestamp='2007-04-29' ++timestamp='2012-10-10' + + # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. + # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software +@@ -21,9 +21,7 @@ + # GNU General Public License for more details. + # + # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA +-# 02110-1301, USA. ++# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + # + # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you + # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +@@ -32,13 +30,16 @@ + + + # Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context +-# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. ++# diff and a properly formatted GNU ChangeLog entry. + # + # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. + # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. + # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. + # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. + ++# You can get the latest version of this script from: ++# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD ++ + # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages + # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases + # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. +@@ -72,7 +73,8 @@ + version="\ + GNU config.sub ($timestamp) + +-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 ++Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, ++2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +@@ -120,12 +122,18 @@ + # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. + maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` + case $maybe_os in +- nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \ +- uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \ ++ nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \ ++ linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \ ++ knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \ ++ kopensolaris*-gnu* | \ + storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) + os=-$maybe_os + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` + ;; ++ android-linux) ++ os=-linux-android ++ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`-unknown ++ ;; + *) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` + if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] +@@ -148,10 +156,13 @@ + -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ + -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ + -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ +- -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray) ++ -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze*) + os= + basic_machine=$1 + ;; ++ -bluegene*) ++ os=-cnk ++ ;; + -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) + os= + basic_machine=$1 +@@ -166,10 +177,10 @@ + os=-chorusos + basic_machine=$1 + ;; +- -chorusrdb) +- os=-chorusrdb ++ -chorusrdb) ++ os=-chorusrdb + basic_machine=$1 +- ;; ++ ;; + -hiux*) + os=-hiuxwe2 + ;; +@@ -214,6 +225,12 @@ + -isc*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; ++ -lynx*178) ++ os=-lynxos178 ++ ;; ++ -lynx*5) ++ os=-lynxos5 ++ ;; + -lynx*) + os=-lynxos + ;; +@@ -238,24 +255,32 @@ + # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. + 1750a | 580 \ + | a29k \ ++ | aarch64 | aarch64_be \ + | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ + | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ + | am33_2.0 \ + | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \ ++ | be32 | be64 \ + | bfin \ + | c4x | clipper \ + | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ ++ | epiphany \ + | fido | fr30 | frv \ + | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ ++ | hexagon \ + | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ + | ip2k | iq2000 \ ++ | le32 | le64 \ ++ | lm32 \ + | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \ +- | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep \ ++ | maxq | mb | microblaze | microblazeel | mcore | mep | metag \ + | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ + | mips16 \ + | mips64 | mips64el \ +- | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ ++ | mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \ + | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ ++ | mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \ ++ | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ + | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ + | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ + | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ +@@ -268,29 +293,42 @@ + | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ + | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ + | mn10200 | mn10300 \ ++ | moxie \ + | mt \ + | msp430 \ ++ | nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \ + | nios | nios2 \ + | ns16k | ns32k \ ++ | open8 \ + | or32 \ + | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ +- | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ ++ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle \ + | pyramid \ ++ | rl78 | rx \ + | score \ +- | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ ++ | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ + | sh64 | sh64le \ + | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \ + | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \ +- | spu | strongarm \ +- | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ +- | v850 | v850e \ ++ | spu \ ++ | tahoe | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \ ++ | ubicom32 \ ++ | v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850e2 | v850es | v850e2v3 \ + | we32k \ +- | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ +- | z8k) ++ | x86 | xc16x | xstormy16 | xtensa \ ++ | z8k | z80) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + ;; +- m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) +- # Motorola 68HC11/12. ++ c54x) ++ basic_machine=tic54x-unknown ++ ;; ++ c55x) ++ basic_machine=tic55x-unknown ++ ;; ++ c6x) ++ basic_machine=tic6x-unknown ++ ;; ++ m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | m68hcs12x | picochip) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + os=-none + ;; +@@ -300,6 +338,21 @@ + basic_machine=mt-unknown + ;; + ++ strongarm | thumb | xscale) ++ basic_machine=arm-unknown ++ ;; ++ xgate) ++ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ++ os=-none ++ ;; ++ xscaleeb) ++ basic_machine=armeb-unknown ++ ;; ++ ++ xscaleel) ++ basic_machine=armel-unknown ++ ;; ++ + # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' + # because (1) that's what they normally are, and + # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. +@@ -314,29 +367,37 @@ + # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. + 580-* \ + | a29k-* \ ++ | aarch64-* | aarch64_be-* \ + | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ + | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ + | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ + | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ + | avr-* | avr32-* \ ++ | be32-* | be64-* \ + | bfin-* | bs2000-* \ +- | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ ++ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \ + | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ + | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ + | elxsi-* \ + | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ + | h8300-* | h8500-* \ + | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ ++ | hexagon-* \ + | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ + | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ ++ | le32-* | le64-* \ ++ | lm32-* \ + | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ + | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ +- | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \ ++ | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \ ++ | microblaze-* | microblazeel-* \ + | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ + | mips16-* \ + | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ +- | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ ++ | mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \ + | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ ++ | mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \ ++ | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ + | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ + | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ + | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ +@@ -351,27 +412,36 @@ + | mmix-* \ + | mt-* \ + | msp430-* \ ++ | nds32-* | nds32le-* | nds32be-* \ + | nios-* | nios2-* \ + | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ ++ | open8-* \ + | orion-* \ + | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ +- | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ ++ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* \ + | pyramid-* \ +- | romp-* | rs6000-* \ +- | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ ++ | rl78-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \ ++ | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ + | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ + | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ + | sparclite-* \ +- | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ +- | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ ++ | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ ++ | tahoe-* \ + | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ ++ | tile*-* \ + | tron-* \ +- | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ ++ | ubicom32-* \ ++ | v850-* | v850e-* | v850e1-* | v850es-* | v850e2-* | v850e2v3-* \ ++ | vax-* \ + | we32k-* \ +- | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ +- | xstormy16-* | xtensa-* \ ++ | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* \ ++ | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \ + | ymp-* \ +- | z8k-*) ++ | z8k-* | z80-*) ++ ;; ++ # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match. ++ xtensa*) ++ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + ;; + # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand + # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. +@@ -389,7 +459,7 @@ + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-udi + ;; +- abacus) ++ abacus) + basic_machine=abacus-unknown + ;; + adobe68k) +@@ -435,6 +505,10 @@ + basic_machine=m68k-apollo + os=-bsd + ;; ++ aros) ++ basic_machine=i386-pc ++ os=-aros ++ ;; + aux) + basic_machine=m68k-apple + os=-aux +@@ -443,10 +517,35 @@ + basic_machine=ns32k-sequent + os=-dynix + ;; ++ blackfin) ++ basic_machine=bfin-unknown ++ os=-linux ++ ;; ++ blackfin-*) ++ basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ++ os=-linux ++ ;; ++ bluegene*) ++ basic_machine=powerpc-ibm ++ os=-cnk ++ ;; ++ c54x-*) ++ basic_machine=tic54x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ++ ;; ++ c55x-*) ++ basic_machine=tic55x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ++ ;; ++ c6x-*) ++ basic_machine=tic6x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ++ ;; + c90) + basic_machine=c90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; ++ cegcc) ++ basic_machine=arm-unknown ++ os=-cegcc ++ ;; + convex-c1) + basic_machine=c1-convex + os=-bsd +@@ -475,8 +574,8 @@ + basic_machine=craynv-cray + os=-unicosmp + ;; +- cr16c) +- basic_machine=cr16c-unknown ++ cr16 | cr16-*) ++ basic_machine=cr16-unknown + os=-elf + ;; + crds | unos) +@@ -514,6 +613,10 @@ + basic_machine=m88k-motorola + os=-sysv3 + ;; ++ dicos) ++ basic_machine=i686-pc ++ os=-dicos ++ ;; + djgpp) + basic_machine=i586-pc + os=-msdosdjgpp +@@ -629,7 +732,6 @@ + i370-ibm* | ibm*) + basic_machine=i370-ibm + ;; +-# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? + i*86v32) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-sysv32 +@@ -668,6 +770,14 @@ + basic_machine=m68k-isi + os=-sysv + ;; ++ m68knommu) ++ basic_machine=m68k-unknown ++ os=-linux ++ ;; ++ m68knommu-*) ++ basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ++ os=-linux ++ ;; + m88k-omron*) + basic_machine=m88k-omron + ;; +@@ -679,6 +789,13 @@ + basic_machine=ns32k-utek + os=-sysv + ;; ++ microblaze*) ++ basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx ++ ;; ++ mingw64) ++ basic_machine=x86_64-pc ++ os=-mingw64 ++ ;; + mingw32) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-mingw32 +@@ -715,10 +832,18 @@ + ms1-*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'` + ;; ++ msys) ++ basic_machine=i386-pc ++ os=-msys ++ ;; + mvs) + basic_machine=i370-ibm + os=-mvs + ;; ++ nacl) ++ basic_machine=le32-unknown ++ os=-nacl ++ ;; + ncr3000) + basic_machine=i486-ncr + os=-sysv4 +@@ -783,6 +908,12 @@ + np1) + basic_machine=np1-gould + ;; ++ neo-tandem) ++ basic_machine=neo-tandem ++ ;; ++ nse-tandem) ++ basic_machine=nse-tandem ++ ;; + nsr-tandem) + basic_machine=nsr-tandem + ;; +@@ -813,6 +944,14 @@ + basic_machine=i860-intel + os=-osf + ;; ++ parisc) ++ basic_machine=hppa-unknown ++ os=-linux ++ ;; ++ parisc-*) ++ basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ++ os=-linux ++ ;; + pbd) + basic_machine=sparc-tti + ;; +@@ -857,9 +996,10 @@ + ;; + power) basic_machine=power-ibm + ;; +- ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown ++ ppc | ppcbe) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown + ;; +- ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ++ ppc-* | ppcbe-*) ++ basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) + basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown +@@ -953,6 +1093,9 @@ + basic_machine=i860-stratus + os=-sysv4 + ;; ++ strongarm-* | thumb-*) ++ basic_machine=arm-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ++ ;; + sun2) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + ;; +@@ -1009,17 +1152,9 @@ + basic_machine=t90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; +- tic54x | c54x*) +- basic_machine=tic54x-unknown +- os=-coff +- ;; +- tic55x | c55x*) +- basic_machine=tic55x-unknown +- os=-coff +- ;; +- tic6x | c6x*) +- basic_machine=tic6x-unknown +- os=-coff ++ tile*) ++ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ++ os=-linux-gnu + ;; + tx39) + basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown +@@ -1088,6 +1223,9 @@ + xps | xps100) + basic_machine=xps100-honeywell + ;; ++ xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-*) ++ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^xscale/arm/'` ++ ;; + ymp) + basic_machine=ymp-cray + os=-unicos +@@ -1096,6 +1234,10 @@ + basic_machine=z8k-unknown + os=-sim + ;; ++ z80-*-coff) ++ basic_machine=z80-unknown ++ os=-sim ++ ;; + none) + basic_machine=none-none + os=-none +@@ -1134,7 +1276,7 @@ + we32k) + basic_machine=we32k-att + ;; +- sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) ++ sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) + basic_machine=sh-unknown + ;; + sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v) +@@ -1181,9 +1323,12 @@ + if [ x"$os" != x"" ] + then + case $os in +- # First match some system type aliases +- # that might get confused with valid system types. ++ # First match some system type aliases ++ # that might get confused with valid system types. + # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. ++ -auroraux) ++ os=-auroraux ++ ;; + -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` + ;; +@@ -1204,21 +1349,23 @@ + # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. + # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. + -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ +- | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ +- | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \ ++ | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ ++ | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \ ++ | -sym* | -kopensolaris* \ + | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ +- | -aos* \ ++ | -aos* | -aros* \ + | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ + | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ + | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \ +- | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ ++ | -bitrig* | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ + | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ + | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ + | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ + | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ +- | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \ +- | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ +- | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \ ++ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \ ++ | -cygwin* | -msys* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ ++ | -mingw32* | -mingw64* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \ ++ | -linux-newlib* | -linux-musl* | -linux-uclibc* \ + | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ + | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ + | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ +@@ -1226,7 +1373,7 @@ + | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ + | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ + | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \ +- | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*) ++ | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es*) + # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. + ;; + -qnx*) +@@ -1265,7 +1412,7 @@ + -opened*) + os=-openedition + ;; +- -os400*) ++ -os400*) + os=-os400 + ;; + -wince*) +@@ -1314,7 +1461,7 @@ + -sinix*) + os=-sysv4 + ;; +- -tpf*) ++ -tpf*) + os=-tpf + ;; + -triton*) +@@ -1356,6 +1503,11 @@ + -zvmoe) + os=-zvmoe + ;; ++ -dicos*) ++ os=-dicos ++ ;; ++ -nacl*) ++ ;; + -none) + ;; + *) +@@ -1378,10 +1530,10 @@ + # system, and we'll never get to this point. + + case $basic_machine in +- score-*) ++ score-*) + os=-elf + ;; +- spu-*) ++ spu-*) + os=-elf + ;; + *-acorn) +@@ -1393,8 +1545,20 @@ + arm*-semi) + os=-aout + ;; +- c4x-* | tic4x-*) +- os=-coff ++ c4x-* | tic4x-*) ++ os=-coff ++ ;; ++ hexagon-*) ++ os=-elf ++ ;; ++ tic54x-*) ++ os=-coff ++ ;; ++ tic55x-*) ++ os=-coff ++ ;; ++ tic6x-*) ++ os=-coff + ;; + # This must come before the *-dec entry. + pdp10-*) +@@ -1414,14 +1578,11 @@ + ;; + m68000-sun) + os=-sunos3 +- # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the +- # default. +- # os=-sunos4 + ;; + m68*-cisco) + os=-aout + ;; +- mep-*) ++ mep-*) + os=-elf + ;; + mips*-cisco) +@@ -1448,7 +1609,7 @@ + *-ibm) + os=-aix + ;; +- *-knuth) ++ *-knuth) + os=-mmixware + ;; + *-wec) +@@ -1553,7 +1714,7 @@ + -sunos*) + vendor=sun + ;; +- -aix*) ++ -cnk*|-aix*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -beos*) diff --git a/source/a/nvi/slack-desc b/source/a/nvi/slack-desc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e0b954d --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/slack-desc @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# HOW TO EDIT THIS FILE: +# The "handy ruler" below makes it easier to edit a package description. +# Line up the first '|' above the ':' following the base package name, and +# the '|' on the right side marks the last column you can put a character in. +# You must make exactly 11 lines for the formatting to be correct. It's also +# customary to leave one space after the ':' except on otherwise blank lines. + + |-----handy-ruler------------------------------------------------------| +nvi: nvi (ex/vi text editor) +nvi: +nvi: Nvi is an implementation of the ex/vi text editor. Nvi supports all +nvi: the historic ex/vi features except for open mode and the lisp edit +nvi: option (it has a fully implemented underlying ex mode). Some +nvi: additional features are: extended regular expressions, infinite undo, +nvi: UTF8 support, and multiple edit buffers. Nvi has a very small memory +nvi: footprint. +nvi: +nvi: Homepage: http://www.bostic.com/vi/ +nvi: diff --git a/source/a/nvi/vi.exrc b/source/a/nvi/vi.exrc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe90c6c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/nvi/vi.exrc @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +" Screen-flashing "visual bell" off by default: +:set noflash diff --git a/source/a/pkgtools/pkgtools.SlackBuild b/source/a/pkgtools/pkgtools.SlackBuild index 3c9617cb..8c7d9b60 100755 --- a/source/a/pkgtools/pkgtools.SlackBuild +++ b/source/a/pkgtools/pkgtools.SlackBuild @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ PKGNAM=pkgtools # *** UPDATE THESE WITH EACH BUILD: VERSION=15.0 ARCH=${ARCH:-noarch} -BUILD=${BUILD:-28} +BUILD=${BUILD:-29} # If the variable PRINT_PACKAGE_NAME is set, then this script will report what # the name of the created package would be, and then exit. This information diff --git a/source/a/pkgtools/scripts/setup.vi-ex b/source/a/pkgtools/scripts/setup.vi-ex new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f58c15e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/a/pkgtools/scripts/setup.vi-ex @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +#!/bin/sh +#BLURB="Configure the ex/vi symlinks." +T_PX=$1 +TMP=/var/log/setup/tmp +rm -f $TMP/exvitype +dialog --title "CHOOSE DEFAULT EX/VI EDITOR" --default-item "nvi" --menu \ +"This part of the configuration \ +process will create ex and vi symlinks in /usr/bin pointing to your default \ +ex/vi editors. On a fresh installation, these will point to nvi by default, \ +as it is lightweight and supports UTF8. You may choose a different default \ +if you prefer, but please note that elvis does not support UTF8." 14 76 3 \ +"elvis" "Slackware's traditional ex/vi, no UTF8 support" \ +"nvi" "Classic BSD ex/vi, supports UTF8" \ +"vim" "VI Improved - top rated ex/vi clone, supports UTF8" \ +2> $TMP/exvitype +if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then + rm -f $TMP/exvitype + exit +fi +if [ -f $TMP/exvitype ]; then + DEFAULT_VI=$(cat $TMP/exvitype) +else + exit 0 +fi +if [ "$DEFAULT_VI" = "elvis" ]; then + ( cd $T_PX/usr/bin ; rm -f ex vi ; ln -sf elvis ex ; ln -sf elvis vi ) +elif [ "$DEFAULT_VI" = "nvi" ]; then + ( cd $T_PX/usr/bin ; rm -f ex vi ; ln -sf nex ex ; ln -sf nvi vi ) +elif [ "$DEFAULT_VI" = "vim" ]; then + ( cd $T_PX/usr/bin ; rm -f ex vi ; ln -sf vim ex ; ln -sf vim vi ) +fi diff --git a/source/ap/vim/doinst.sh b/source/ap/vim/doinst.sh deleted file mode 100644 index f1ccd5ca..00000000 --- a/source/ap/vim/doinst.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ - -# If there's no vi link, take over: -if [ ! -r usr/bin/vi ]; then - ( cd usr/bin ; ln -sf vim vi ) -fi diff --git a/source/ap/vim/vim-gvim.SlackBuild b/source/ap/vim/vim-gvim.SlackBuild index 5f15aec0..5bc65fc7 100755 --- a/source/ap/vim/vim-gvim.SlackBuild +++ b/source/ap/vim/vim-gvim.SlackBuild @@ -129,8 +129,6 @@ if [ -d $PKG/usr/man ]; then fi # Legacy binary links: -( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; rm -rf ex ) -( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; ln -sf vim ex ) ( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; rm -rf rview ) ( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; ln -sf vim rview ) ( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; rm -rf rvim ) @@ -142,9 +140,11 @@ fi ( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; rm -rf evim ) ( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; ln -sf vim evim ) +# These should not be shipped: +rm -f $PKG/usr/bin/{ex,vi} + mkdir -p $PKG/install cat $CWD/slack-desc.vim-gvim > $PKG/install/slack-desc -zcat $CWD/doinst.sh.gz > $PKG/install/doinst.sh find $PKG | xargs file | grep -e "executable" -e "shared object" | grep ELF \ | cut -f 1 -d : | xargs strip --strip-unneeded 2> /dev/null diff --git a/source/ap/vim/vim.SlackBuild b/source/ap/vim/vim.SlackBuild index 725da760..1e9cdd0a 100755 --- a/source/ap/vim/vim.SlackBuild +++ b/source/ap/vim/vim.SlackBuild @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ #!/bin/bash -# Copyright 2008, 2009, 2010, 2013, 2016, 2018, 2019 Patrick J. Volkerding, Sebeka, Minnesota, USA +# Copyright 2008, 2009, 2010, 2013, 2016, 2018, 2019, 2020 Patrick J. Volkerding, Sebeka, Minnesota, USA # All rights reserved. # # Redistribution and use of this script, with or without modification, is @@ -185,8 +185,6 @@ if [ -d $PKG/usr/man ]; then fi # Legacy binary links: -( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; rm -rf ex ) -( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; ln -sf vim ex ) ( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; rm -rf rview ) ( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; ln -sf vim rview ) ( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; rm -rf rvim ) @@ -198,6 +196,9 @@ fi ( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; rm -rf evim ) ( cd $PKG/usr/bin ; ln -sf vim evim ) +# These should not be shipped: +rm -f $PKG/usr/bin/{ex,vi} + mkdir -p $PKG/usr/doc/vim-$VERSION cp -a README.txt $PKG/usr/doc/vim-$VERSION find $PKG/usr/doc/vim-$VERSION -type f | xargs chmod 644 @@ -221,7 +222,6 @@ config() { } config usr/share/vim/vimrc.new EOF -zcat $CWD/doinst.sh.gz >> $PKG/install/doinst.sh find $PKG | xargs file | grep -e "executable" -e "shared object" | grep ELF \ | cut -f 1 -d : | xargs strip --strip-unneeded 2> /dev/null diff --git a/source/installer/ChangeLog.txt b/source/installer/ChangeLog.txt index 56a049e1..65c91858 100644 --- a/source/installer/ChangeLog.txt +++ b/source/installer/ChangeLog.txt @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +Sun Jan 12 20:36:57 UTC 2020 + /sbin/reboot: Attempt to kill running processes and sync/umount/sync + filesystems before rebooting. Thanks to Jeebizz. ++--------------------------+ Mon Dec 30 20:05:46 UTC 2019 SeTEFI: Patched to remove extra whitespace from lsblk output. Thanks to Didier Spaier. diff --git a/source/installer/build_installer.sh b/source/installer/build_installer.sh index e980207a..755efe47 100755 --- a/source/installer/build_installer.sh +++ b/source/installer/build_installer.sh @@ -1003,7 +1003,22 @@ rm -f $PKG/$ARCH-installer-filesystem/sbin/reboot ( cd $PKG/$ARCH-installer-filesystem/bin ; ln -sf busybox reboot ) cat << EOF > $PKG/$ARCH-installer-filesystem/sbin/reboot #!/bin/sh +echo "Sending all processes the SIGTERM signal." +/sbin/killall5 -15 +/bin/sleep 2 +echo "Sending all processes the SIGKILL signal." +/sbin/killall5 -9 +/bin/sleep 2 +echo "Syncing filesystems." sync +echo "Unmounting filesystems:" +# Try to unmount these bind mounts first to prevent them from blocking unmount of the target /: +umount /mnt/dev 2> /dev/null +umount /mnt/proc 2> /dev/null +umount /mnt/sys 2> /dev/null +/bin/umount -v -a -t no,proc,sysfs,devtmpfs,fuse.gvfsd-fuse,tmpfs +sync +echo "Rebooting." if [ -z "\$*" ]; then /bin/reboot -f else diff --git a/source/k/kernel-configs/config-generic-5.4.10 b/source/k/kernel-configs/config-generic-5.4.11 index 06786457..9622e140 100644 --- a/source/k/kernel-configs/config-generic-5.4.10 +++ b/source/k/kernel-configs/config-generic-5.4.11 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # # Automatically generated file; DO NOT EDIT. -# Linux/x86 5.4.10 Kernel Configuration +# Linux/x86 5.4.11 Kernel Configuration # # diff --git a/source/k/kernel-configs/config-generic-5.4.10.x64 b/source/k/kernel-configs/config-generic-5.4.11.x64 index 114361d5..7cf70d62 100644 --- a/source/k/kernel-configs/config-generic-5.4.10.x64 +++ b/source/k/kernel-configs/config-generic-5.4.11.x64 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # # Automatically generated file; DO NOT EDIT. -# Linux/x86 5.4.10 Kernel Configuration +# Linux/x86 5.4.11 Kernel Configuration # # diff --git a/source/k/kernel-configs/config-generic-smp-5.4.10-smp b/source/k/kernel-configs/config-generic-smp-5.4.11-smp index 3dd54994..bb123d8e 100644 --- a/source/k/kernel-configs/config-generic-smp-5.4.10-smp +++ b/source/k/kernel-configs/config-generic-smp-5.4.11-smp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # # Automatically generated file; DO NOT EDIT. -# Linux/x86 5.4.10 Kernel Configuration +# Linux/x86 5.4.11 Kernel Configuration # # diff --git a/source/k/kernel-configs/config-huge-5.4.10 b/source/k/kernel-configs/config-huge-5.4.11 index 062db187..2efe5c57 100644 --- a/source/k/kernel-configs/config-huge-5.4.10 +++ b/source/k/kernel-configs/config-huge-5.4.11 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # # Automatically generated file; DO NOT EDIT. -# Linux/x86 5.4.10 Kernel Configuration +# Linux/x86 5.4.11 Kernel Configuration # # diff --git a/source/k/kernel-configs/config-huge-5.4.10.x64 b/source/k/kernel-configs/config-huge-5.4.11.x64 index 5670e718..78da0301 100644 --- a/source/k/kernel-configs/config-huge-5.4.10.x64 +++ b/source/k/kernel-configs/config-huge-5.4.11.x64 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # # Automatically generated file; DO NOT EDIT. -# Linux/x86 5.4.10 Kernel Configuration +# Linux/x86 5.4.11 Kernel Configuration # # diff --git a/source/k/kernel-configs/config-huge-smp-5.4.10-smp b/source/k/kernel-configs/config-huge-smp-5.4.11-smp index 55d2eea3..e4738f4d 100644 --- a/source/k/kernel-configs/config-huge-smp-5.4.10-smp +++ b/source/k/kernel-configs/config-huge-smp-5.4.11-smp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # # Automatically generated file; DO NOT EDIT. -# Linux/x86 5.4.10 Kernel Configuration +# Linux/x86 5.4.11 Kernel Configuration # # diff --git a/source/l/FTBFSlog b/source/l/FTBFSlog index 86834b4c..cd5c2548 100644 --- a/source/l/FTBFSlog +++ b/source/l/FTBFSlog @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +Mon Jan 13 00:10:54 UTC 2020 + dconf: also fix duplicate symbols for meson-0.53.0. ++--------------------------+ Tue Dec 3 18:47:08 UTC 2019 dconf: also fix duplicate symbols for meson-0.52.1. +--------------------------+ diff --git a/source/l/dconf/dconf.SlackBuild b/source/l/dconf/dconf.SlackBuild index 1aa481fc..f27fd50f 100755 --- a/source/l/dconf/dconf.SlackBuild +++ b/source/l/dconf/dconf.SlackBuild @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ find . \ \( -perm 666 -o -perm 664 -o -perm 600 -o -perm 444 -o -perm 440 -o -perm 400 \) \ -exec chmod 644 {} \+ -# Fix duplicate symbols at link time with meson-0.52.{0,1}: -if [ "$(meson --version)" = "0.52.0" -o "$(meson --version)" = "0.52.1" ]; then +# Fix duplicate symbols at link time with meson-0.52.{0,1}, 0.53.0: +if [ "$(meson --version)" = "0.52.0" -o "$(meson --version)" = "0.52.1" -o "$(meson --version)" = "0.53.0" ]; then sed -i 's|link_whole|link_with|' client/meson.build && sed -i 's/module/& | grep -v mangle_path/' gsettings/abicheck.sh fi |